S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory BLD Final

ENGINEERING SUBMITTAL
For
Um Al Qura University
Qunfudah
Preparatory Year Building
Building Automation and Control System
Presented by
Al Mayssan Technical Services
In conjunction with
Schneider Electric – TAC I/A Series
(Formerly Invensys Building Systems)
March – 2014
SUB-1
I/A Series
Project: UQU Qunfudah Preparatory Bld.
Client: Al Samman Contracting Company
This Document S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory Bld.Qunfudah
Date: 04 July 2012
I/A Series
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. THE FACILITY CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................................ 3

1.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 3
1.2 THE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLER ........................................................................... 4
2. SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC – TAC I/A SERIES ............................................................ 6
3. PROPOSAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 8

3.1 SOLUTION BASIS ......................................................................................................... 8
3.1.1 InTouch BMS Software .......................................................................................... 9
3.1.2 LONWORKS TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW......................................................... 10
3.1.3 The I/A SERIES Direct Digital Controllers ......................................................... 14
3.1.3.1 MNL-800 .............................................................................................................................................. 14
3.1.3.2 MNL-50, 100, 150, 200 ........................................................................................................................ 15
3.1.3.3 MN-110, 130 ........................................................................................................................................ 15
3.1.3.4 MNL-V1RVx, MNL-V2RVx ............................................................................................................... 16
3.1.4 Networks .............................................................................................................. 17
3.1.5 LPR Router Modules ............................................................................................ 18
3.1.6 Field Control Devices .......................................................................................... 19
MN-S3 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 20
3.1.6.1 MN-S4-FCS .......................................................................................................................................... 20
3.1.6.2 Duct Temperature Sensor ..................................................................................................................... 20
3.1.6.3 Immersion Temperature Sensor ............................................................................................................ 21
3.1.6.4 Differential Pressure Switch ................................................................................................................. 21
3.1.6.5 Duct Smoke Detector............................................................................................................................ 21
3.1.6.6 7043 Damper Actuator ......................................................................................................................... 22
3.1.6.7 7073 Damper Actuator ......................................................................................................................... 22
3.1.6.8 7153 Damper Actuator ......................................................................................................................... 22
3.1.6.9 VM Series, PopTop Modulating Actuator & Valve Body .................................................................... 23
3.1.6.10 VB-7213-0-4-X, Valve Body ............................................................................................................... 23
3.1.6.11 Vx-8xx3-xxx-5-x Valve Bodies & Actuators ....................................................................................... 23
3.1.6.12 NYL2-C0x0-xxx Butterfly Valve & Actuators..................................................................................... 24
3.1.7 Control Cables ..................................................................................................... 25
3.1.7.1 Network Cable: ..................................................................................................................................... 25
3.1.7.2 Field I/O Point: ..................................................................................................................................... 25
3.2 OUTLINE OF WORKS ................................................................................................. 26
3.2.1 Project Engineering ............................................................................................. 26
3.2.2 Pre-Commissioning.............................................................................................. 26
3.2.3 Commissioning..................................................................................................... 26
3.2.4 System Startup and Demonstration...................................................................... 26
3.2.5 Documentation ..................................................................................................... 26
3.2.6 Client Personnel Training.................................................................................... 27
4. CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION & SEQUENCE OF OPERATION ............ 28
4.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS ....................................................................................... 29
4.1.1 Data Gathering & Control Panel (DGP) ............................................................ 29
Al Mayssan Technical Services 1 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.2 AIR CONDENSING PACKAGE UNIT ............................................................................ 30

4.2.1 General ................................................................................................................ 30
4.2.2 Sequence of operation .......................................................................................... 30
4.3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT ................................................................ 32
4.3.1 General ................................................................................................................ 32
4.4 FAN COIL UNIT (DX- TYPE) ..................................................................................... 34
4.4.1 General ................................................................................................................ 34
4.5 EXHAUST FAN UNIT.................................................................................................. 36
4.5.1 General ................................................................................................................ 36
5. I/O POINTS AND CONTROL MATERIAL LIST .................................................... 37
6. NETWORK RISER DIAGRAM .................................................................................. 38
7. SCHEMATICS DIAGRAM .......................................................................................... 39
8. EQUIPMENT LIST SCHEDULE FOR PREPARATORY BLD. ............................ 40

8.1 CHILLED WATER AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU) ........................................................ 41
8.2 FAN COIL UNIT SYSTEM (DX- TYPE) ....................................................................... 42
8.3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT (VAV) .................................................... 43
8.4 EXHAUST FAN UNIT.................................................................................................. 44
9. APPENDIX I: DATA SHEETS .................................................................................... 45
10. MTS WARRANTY CERTIFICATE: ...................................................................... 46
11. APPENDIX II: MTS PRE-QUALIFICATION ...................................................... 47
12. COMPLIANCE STATEMENT................................................................................ 48

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1 . T H E FA C I L I T Y C O N T R O L S Y S T E M
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Any large building or facility requires maintenance, continuous monitoring, and control.
A maintenance group is usually assigned the task of following the important aspects of
the facility and keeping it in order for proper operation. Tasks such as maintaining a
comfortable and healthy air circulation, changing air filters when they get dirty, attending
fans or engines, etc., are parts of the assignment. However, such tasks can become too
tedious and overwhelming that personnel will occasionally fail to perform them
adequately. An operator cannot check each filter in the facility everyday, nor can he be
expected to manually inspect the fan status of all Air Handling Units on an hourly basis.
The need, thus, for some sort of “Automation” becomes evidently imperative, and this is
what our proposal is about.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1.2 THE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLER
The concept of a computer based monitoring and control system for buildings and
facilities is not a new one. Virtually all modern facilities throughout the world have one
sort of a BMS or another. However, before the age of microcomputers, monitoring and
control were performed by pneumatic, electrical, or electronic equipment. And while
those system were adequate for smaller installations, they had several disadvantages when
the size of the facility became more than a few rooms which have steadily directed
owners and users of larger facilities from conventional controls into the world of the
Direct Digital Controller.
The DDC is a small microprocessor based PCB* with input/output terminals that can be
connected to real world “points.” Points can be anything that is to be monitored or
controlled in the building and can generally is divided into groups:
 Digital Input
An input point; a reading from the environment into the controller. The type of input
is “digital,” discrete, or status; these points can take any of two values: true or false.
Examples of these points are fan status (Off/On) or smoke detection (Normal/Smoke)
or damper position (Closed/Open.)
 Analog Input
Another input form. This is used in “measurement” data such as temperature,
pressure, humidity, etc. The electronic signal is usually 4-20 mA or 0-10 Vdc, and it
is interpreted in the controller to correspond to the correct field variable.
 Digital Output
A writing from the controller to the environment; a “switching” point. Examples are
fan switching (Off/On.)
*
Printed Circuit Board

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
 Analog Output
This form is a “positioning” output. Examples are valve positioning, damper actuator
positioning, etc.
The stand-alone DDC reads the inputs into its memory, processes the data according to
pre-programmed algorithms, and outputs the actions back to the environment. For
example, the DDC reads the room temperature, decides that it should be lowered, and in
response opens the valve actuator of the AHU to allow more cold water to flow, thus
lowering the temperature of the room.
DDCs are linked together in a network, they can share data, and they can report to a
central station that processes all aspects of the building and produce informative reports.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2 . S C H N E I D E R E L E C T R I C – TA C I / A S E R I E S
Schneider Electric manufactures and markets a comprehensive range of products and services
for the residential, building, industry, energy and infrastructure markets.
With 120,000 employees and operations in 130 countries, Schneider Electric generated
revenue of € 17 billion in 2007 through 13,000 distributor outlets.
Actively present in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia with key reference projects such as Makkah
Holly Haram, Riyadh Kingdom Tower etc., Schneider Electric celebrated in 2005 its 25 years
of local presence.
Schneider Electric is the world leader in Electrical distribution and Automation solutions with
extensive list of highly satisfied Clients. It is Schneider Electric policy to accrue the
successful business and manufacturing units, which will supplement their main line of
Business. Thus far Schneider Electric had acquired famous world wide brands in Automation
and BMS products such as: (listed in order of most recent acquisition)
PELCO
Merten

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
TAC – I/A Series (Invensys Building Systems – I/A Series)
TAC – Satchwell (Invensys Building Systems – Satchwell)
Invensys Climate Control – (Barber Colman, Robertshaw, BARCOL Air, Controlli, Erie
Controls & Eberle Controls)
TAC - Andover Continuum
TAC - Vista
The Invensys Building Systems (IBS) building automation system, now branded as TAC-I/A
Series and TAC-Satchwell, are manufactured in the US and Europe respectively and are UL
Listed and CE Approved.
In addition to the building automation system, they manufacture thru its facilities in the US &
Europe more than 13,000 Field devices, all now branded as TAC-Field Devices.
Field devices are products that connect any building automation system to its physical
environment. They provide the system with the information and also the means to continually
adjust building environment and safety conditions, making buildings more energy efficient,
comfortable and safe for occupants. Field devices products range from thermostats,
temperature, humidity and pressure sensors, to valves, actuators and damper’s actuators. You
may refer to the enclosed literature for more information.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3. PROPOSAL DESCRIPTION
3.1 SOLUTION BASIS
The solution presented by Al Mayssan Technical Services in this document is based on

the requirements outlined in the design drawings and documents. MTS is structuring its
solution around the TAC Building Systems Intelligent Automation I/A Series.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.1 InTouch BMS Software
Wonderware for Intelligent Buildings

(WIB), part of the I/A Series ® family, is
a software suite that features flexibility
and sophistication allowing it to be
adapted to fit virtually any building
automation system need. WIB provides
all the necessary tools to achieve total
control of a system from the user
interface to the engineering tools.
InTouch 9.0, part of the WIB software suite, is a powerful and easy-to-use graphical
human machine interface (HMI) that is used to manage the day-to-day operations of a
building’s automation equipment. InTouch is a collection of executable modules,
communication I/O servers that add building automation functionality to the successful
industrial software, Wonderware ® InTouch. It provides network level supervisory and
control functions for the I/A Series MicroNet™, NETWORK 8000 ®, and DMS facility
management systems. InTouch is a full 32-bit application based on the Windows NT™
operating system. Using ActiveX ® Controls, a library of Wizards, a scripting editor, and
an object-oriented graphical drawing tool, InTouch is unsurpassed in bringing power and
performance to the everyday user.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.2 LONWORKS TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW
Every automatic control system, whatever the industry or application, is comprised of the
same basic components: sensors, such as thermocouples, switches, and keyboards; actuators,
such as motors, relays, switches, displays, and valves; application programs executing the
control logic, running on microprocessors; communication networks for getting data values
and commands where they are needed; human-machine interfaces (HMI) for monitoring and
supervisory control; and network management tools for installation, configuration, and
maintenance. The difference in automatic control systems comes in the way in which
product manufacturers and system integrators design and use these components. It is this
unique and effective combination which makes all the difference in whether the final control
system meets the requirement s of the customer for functionality, cost, and maintainability.
Technology advancement is driving rapid changes in all types of system architectures,

including control systems. In the last 20 years, centralized mainframe computers connected
to dumb terminals were displaced by the distributed processing capabilities of mini-
computers connected by local area networks, and those in turn were replaced by distributed
peer-to-peer networks of powerful personal computers. The key to the huge success of each
new wave of information systems products is the widespread acceptance of industry
standards for microprocessors, communication protocols, operating systems, and other
hardware and software building blocks. These standards allow many manufacturers to
produce high volume hardware and software products that are interoperable they can be
combined into information systems fitting any application without development of custom
hardware, software, to tools. The LONWORKS technology developed by Echelon and
available as an open standard to all manufacturers, is the platform that is driving the same
sweeping changes in control system architectures, displacing proprietary centralized systems
with open, highly distributed, interoperable systems.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
Figure 1 shows the centralized architecture that up until recently has been typical of most
control systems in commercial and industrial applications. There are tens to thousands of
sensors and actuators, also called I/O points, which are each wired to a sub-panel, which in
turn connects to the controller panel via a proprietary master/slave communication bus. The
controller panel contains a high-performance microprocessor running a custom application
program that implements the control logic for all the I/O points connected to it. For large
systems, this controller may communicate over another proprietary communication bus with
other controllers. Sensors and actuators are either legacy I/O devices, meaning they have no
communication capabilities (for example switch closure for discrete input devices or 4-20 ma
current for analog devices), or they may have proprietary communication interfaces to the
master/slave bus. The system may have a proprietary HMI or may publish an interface to
allow standard HMI tools to connect to the system. Every system must have a custom
application program, which is developed using a proprietary programming language and non-
standard software tools. Note the similarity of Figure 1 to a typical mainframe or
minicomputer system of 10-20 years ago.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
Figure 2 shows the highly distributed, peer-to-peer architecture made possible by

LONWORKS technology. There are no centralized controllers or home-run wiring panels.
LONWORKS devices, (also called nodes), communicate with any other nodes in the system
using a standard communications protocol on whatever physical medium is best (twisted pair,
AC power line, radio frequency, fiber optic cable, infrared). Each node has its own simple
application program so that the control logic is distributed throughout the system; the node
application is customized by setting configuration parameters rather that by custom
programming. In principle, every sensor or actuator in the system can be a LONWORKS
node; in practice, it is often more cost effective to group small clusters of I/O points, which
are physically close and part of a single control loop, into a single node. HMI and network
management tools are available from multiple vendors and can have access to all points in the
system through the common communication protocol.
The LONWORKS technology makes possible information-based control systems, rather than
old-style command-based control systems. This means that in a LONWORKS system, each
node application program makes its own control decisions, based on information it collects
from other devices about what is going on in the system. In a command-based system, nodes
issue control commands to other nodes, so a command-issuing node-typically a centralized
controller-must be difficult for multiple vendors to design standard control nodes that can

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
easily be integrated. A major innovation of the LONWORKS technology is the concept of

network variables, which makes it easy for manufacturers to design devices that systems
integrators can readily incorporate into interoperable, information-based control systems.
The benefits to an end-user or system integrator of the LONWORKS enables flat control
architecture are:
 A wide variety of compatible, cost-effective LONWORKS devices available from

multiple vendors,
 A variety of easy-to-use HMI and network management tools from multiple vendors,
 Greatly reduces wiring costs,
 Short system design cycle no custom hardware or programming
 Greater system reliability no single point of failure
 Multi-vendor system maintenance options, and
 Ease of implementing new functions to meet end-user needs.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.3 The I/A SERIES Direct Digital Controllers
The controllers proposed for this project are freely programmable type controllers. The
Block Programming concept (WorkPlace Tech Tool) utilized by I/A Series DDCs is a
very effective and efficient means of programming. Each software block has parameters,
inputs, and outputs. Blocks can be linked to physical I/O points and to one another to
produce the required programs. Please see other important information in the attached
data sheet in Appendix (I) for the complete information.
The controllers proposed in this project are the following
3.1.3.1 MNL-800
The I/A Series DDC MNL-800 controller is an

interoperable, LonWork, stand-alone 16-bit
Direct Digital Controller (DDC). It features
excellent adaptability and is mostly used with
medium sized stand-alone applications. It is
based on the Intel 88C198 16-bit microprocessor,
running at 7 MHz.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.3.2 MNL-50, 100, 150, 200
The I/A Series MNL-50, 100, 150, and 200 Series

Controllers (MN 50, 100, MN 150, and MN 200) are
interoperable, LONMARK-certified controllers. When
programmed using WorkPlace Tech Tool, or loaded
with a pre-engineered application, these controllers
provide control for packaged rooftops, heat pumps,
fan coils, unit ventilators, and similar applications.
3.1.3.3 MN-110, 130
The I/A Series MNL-11RF2 (MN 110) and MNL-13RF2

(MN 130) Controllers are interoperable, LONMARK
controllers. When programmed using WorkPlace Tech
Tool, or loaded with a pre-engineered application, these
controllers provide control for fan coil unit and unit
ventilator applications. These provide features: screw
terminal block; three universal inputs, software-
configured to respond to one of five input types; one (MN
110) or three (MN 130) high-voltage relay outputs; and an
S-Link interface for connection to an optional S-Link
Sensor.
The MN 110 and MN 130 controllers conform to the LonMark Fan Coil Unit functional
profile (8020), for open communication and interoperability with third party LonMark
devices, providing greater freedom in system design. These controllers can function in
standalone mode or as part of a LonWorks FTT-10 Free Topology network.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.3.4 MNL-V1RVx, MNL-V2RVx
The I/A Series MicroNet LONMARK VAV Series (Variable

Air Volume) Controllers are interoperable, LONMARK -
compliant controllers. When loaded with an application
from the MicroNet Tech Tool application library, they
provide a wide range of control strategies for pressure
independent terminal boxes with, or without, reheat
capabilities.
Both models provide an integral actuator with manual override; an integral patented
pressure transducer, one digital input, one universal input, Sensor Link (S-Link) support,
LED indication, and over-the-shaft damper mounting. In addition, the MNL-V2RV1
model provides one analog output and three digital outputs. These controllers can
function either in a standalone mode or as part of a LONWORKS ® FTT-10 Free Topology
communications network.
All controllers feature Sensor Link (S-Link) support, LED indication, screw terminal
blocks, as well as DIN rail or panel mounting ability. These controllers can function in
either standalone mode or as part of a LONWORKSS ® FTT-10 Free Topology
communications network.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.4 Networks
The DDC controllers will be networked together over a LON FTT-10 Doubly Terminated
Bus Topology.
The Central Workstation will be linked to the Network via Ethernet port using the TCP/IP
protocol.
Based on actual network length requirement, LON Router will be added to suite the
requirement.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.5 LPR Router Modules
The LPR modules are two-channel LonWorks

routers that can interface two different twisted
pair channels (e.g., a high speed 1.25Mbps TP /
XF-1250 backbone and a TP / TF-10free
topology channel) to manage network traffic,
increase the total number of Lon Works devices,
or increase the amount of cabling in a system.
LPR Routers can be installed as repeaters,
configured routers, or learning routers. Using the
LonMaker 3 tool, the user configures and
commissions the LPR routers and other LonPoint
modules, as well as third-party LonMark and
LonWorks devices, to create an interoperable,
distributed control system.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.6 Field Control Devices
Field equipment can be categorized into the following categories:
Sensors
Sensors are input devices that read a certain process value and convert it into a
passive indication of resistance or capacitance change. Examples of sensors are the
temperature sensors in the AHUs.
Status Switches
Status switches are devices that convert a certain process value into a logical “true” or
“false” indication expressed via a switch. Examples are Water Level Switches.
Transducers / Transmitters
Transducers are devices that convert a certain form of energy into another form of
energy. For example, the differential pressure between two rooms is converted into a
proportional current signal. A transmitter then converts the signal into one suitable for
broadcasting onto a signal line, such as the industry standard 4 to 20 mA dc signals.
Actuators
Actuators are output devices, converting a decision made by the controller into
mechanical movement. Examples are motorized valve actuators and damper actuators
on AHUs.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
MN-S3
Tag VAV-xx/S-Link
Model Number MN-S3
Manufacturer TAC
Description Room / Space LCD Temp. Sensor with Temp. Set Point
Adjustment and Override
Accessories n/a
Power n/a
Cable Signal: UTP 22
3.1.6.1 MN-S4-FCS
Tag FCU-xx/S-Link
Model Number MN-S4-FCS
Manufacturer TAC
Description Room / Space LCD Temp. Sensor with Temp. Set Point
Adjustment Three Speed Fan and Override
Accessories n/a
Power n/a
Cable Signal: UTP 22
3.1.6.2 Duct Temperature Sensor

Tag AHU/ACPU-xx/SA/RA-TS
Model Number TS-5621-850
Manufacturer TAC
Description Duct temperature sensor. Accuracy ± 0.2 °C
Accessories n/a
Power n/a
Cable STP 20

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.6.3 Immersion Temperature Sensor

Tag SCWH-xx/RA-TS
Model Number TS-6721-853
Manufacturer TAC
Description Immersion temperature sensor. Accuracy ± 0.2 °C
Accessories AT-225 Brass Bulb Well
Power n/a
Cable STP 20
3.1.6.4 Differential Pressure Switch

Tag ACPU-xx/Fltr-dPSw, ACPU-xx/AFSw
Model Number 930.83
Manufacturer Beck
Description Differential Pressure Switch, with manually
adjustable set point 50-500 Pa
Accessories Beck 6550
Power n/a
Cable STP 20 or 2C 1.5 mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire
3.1.6.5 Duct Smoke Detector

Tag ACPU-xx/SD-SA
Model Number L-302-2
Manufacturer TAC OEM
Description System Sensor (DH100ACDCI)Ion Duct Smoke Detector
Accessories L-306 Metal Sampling Tube Duct Widths 1 to 2 Ft.
Power 24VAC/DC, 120/240VAC
Cable (4C + E) x 1.5mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.6.6 7043 Damper Actuator

Tag AHU/ACPU-xx/SA/RA/FA-DA
Model Number MA40-7043-501
Manufacturer TAC
Description Spring Return On/Off Damper Actuator,35lb
Accessories Aux. Switch
Power 24 Vac
Control (4C + E) x 1.5mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire

Manufacturer TAC
Power 24 Vac

Manufacturer TAC
Power 24 Vac

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.6.9 VM Series, PopTop Modulating Actuator & Valve Body

Tag FCU-VTxxxxAT33A000
Model Number VT2427H13A020 For ½” to 1”
Manufacturer TAC
Description 2-Way Modulating Valve, Brass Body, Nickel/Chrome-
Plated Brass Stem, Brass Seat, High Temp.
Thermoplastic Plug, Rubber Paddle & High Temp.
Plastic Actuator
Accessories n/a
Power 24Vac
Cable (2C + E) x 1.5mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire
3.1.6.10 VB-7213-0-4-X, Valve Body

Tag AHU-VB-7313-X-X
Model Number VB-7213-0-4-X – For ½” to 2”
Manufacturer TAC
Description 2-Way Mixing Valve, Bronze Body, Stainless Steel
Stem, Brass Plug
Accessories n/a
Power n/a
Cable N/a
3.1.6.11 Vx-8xx3-xxx-5-x Valve Bodies & Actuators

Tag SCHW-bypass MV-xx
Model Number VS-8223-596-5-xx 2 ½” to 6”
Manufacturer TAC
Description Two Way Stem Up Closed Globe Valve, w/ proportional
actuator
Accessories n/a
Power 24Vac
Cable Power: 2C x 1.5 mm² Cu. Wire

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
Signal: STP 20
3.1.6.12 NYL2-C0x0-xxx Butterfly Valve & Actuators

Tag SCHW-IBFV-xx
Model Number NYL2-C0x0 2” to 18”
Manufacturer TAC OEM / Bray
Description Two Way Series 31 Lug Butterfly Valve, w/ Series 70
On/Off Electric Actuator
Accessories n/a
Power 24Vac
Cable Power: (2C + E) x 1.5mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire
Signal: STP 20

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.1.7 Control Cables
3.1.7.1 Network Cable:
The Lon Works Network communication level will be at 78 kbps.
The recommended cable will be as below:
Function Specifications Manufacturer and Part Number
LON Network Lon Works Approved Cables W221P-1002B or equivalent

0 m < D < 1400 m Daisy Chain communication cable between UTP 22, 300V 75 C Type CMR,
Lon Works Approved Micro Net Controllers for BMS network. Tinned Cu, PVC insulated.
UTP 22 AWG Chrome PVC Jacket, Black, Red.
3.1.7.2 Field I/O Point:
There are different cables required for different type points as detailed below:
Field Signals Shielded Twisted Pair (STP 20), 20 AWG Belden 8762 or equivalent, 300V
Volt-free or dc volt Shielded Twisted Triad (STT 20), 20 AWG Belden 8772 or equivalent, 300V
AI, AO
DI, DO Control cable or control wire 2C – 1.5mm2 Stranded Cu. Wire
MN-Sx Room Sensor Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP 22), 22AWG Connect Air P/N W221P-1052 ,
300V 75 C Type CMR or
S-Lk Cable
Equivalent

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.2 OUTLINE OF WORKS
Works described and included within our scope are limited to the following:
3.2.1 Project Engineering
This includes:
 Fine tuning of equipment models to ensure correct interfacing with the Motor
Control Centers.
 Handing full design, supervision of mechanical installations, and wiring details to

site.
3.2.2 Pre-Commissioning
After the equipment is installed and wired, our engineers will inspect and verify
correct installation, wiring, location of sensors, etc., in preparation for software
downloading.
3.2.3 Commissioning
When field equipment and DDC controllers are proved installed correctly, the local
software is downloaded and each location is tested locally for operation. Test sheets
will be made available to Consultant/Client.
3.2.4 System Startup and Demonstration
Central Software is next loaded into the workstations and tested. A real-time
demonstration is performed at the end of the work to verify the system’s functionality.
3.2.5 Documentation
The following documentation will be handed to the Client at the end of our
commissioning:

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
 Operation and Maintenance Manual

A custom-made document specific to this works and containing full information
on the day-to-day requirements of the system. One copy provided.
 System Software
Software is saved in the DDC EPROM’s, which is a very safe means of
maintaining the code. The I/A systems have proven record and will not be lost by
power blackouts or under normal use. Nevertheless, all software will be handed to
Client on Disk.
 Data Sheets
Data sheets of equipment used.
 As-Built Drawings
As-Built drawings will be submitted.
3.2.6 Client Personnel Training
A Five day 8 hours training program for up to six persons (as per item 15971.3-3B in
the compliance statement) will be conducted prior to hand-over. The aim of the
program will be the following:
 Familiarize the operators with the HVAC concepts and terminology
 Introduce Building Management Systems in general
 Cover the project equipment and requirements
 Discuss TAC solutions to these requirements
 Introduce the digital controllers and Central Workstations at the project
 Attain hands-on experience in interacting with the systems installed

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4. CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION & SEQUENCE

OF O P E R AT I O N
The following section provide a description of controlled system and equipment on this
job along with a their control sequence of operation

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.1 SYSTEM CONTROL PANELS
4.1.1 Data Gathering & Control Panel (DGP)
Each PACU and group of Exhaust Fan, and Secondary Chilled Water System will be
provided with its unique I/A Series DDC controller to perform all control and all
interlocking functions.
The DDC will be housed in a Data Gathering Panel (DGP) located at the building
Electrical room and/or Mechanical rooms that house the power panel of the respective
PACU and EF.
The DGP will be an integral part and connected directly to the building management
system via the Lon Network.
The panel shall be capable of stand-alone operation applying DDC to all points.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.2 AIR CONDENSING PACKAGE UNIT
4.2.1 General
Each Air Cooled Package Units (ACPU) will be provided with its unique panel based I/A
Series DDC controller to perform all control and all interlocking functions.
The panel based DDC controller will be an integral part and connected directly to the
building management system via the Lon Network.
The panel based DDC controller shall be capable of stand-alone operation applying DDC
to all points.
It will be possible to perform all above functions by the central BMS system.
4.2.2 Sequence of operation
The ACPU shall be started remotely through BMS or locally either by time program or
thru the selector switch at the ACPU local control panel (DGP).
When the command is initiated to run the Supply Fan, the Supply Air and Return Air (if
any) damper actuators are opened and upon receiving the open feedback signal from the
damper the supply fan is started and all the electrically interlocked fans (if any) shall start
and the control circuit shall be energized.
The I/A Series DDC controller shall enable the Cooling Compressor (02 Stages) during
cooling mode or activate the Electric Heater (02 Stages) (if any) during heating mode to
maintain the preset room temperature. The Cooling Compressor shall be disabled when
the Electric Heater is energized.
Temperature control algorithm shall be performed by the local DDC software.
The Supply Air Fan & Return Air Fan (if any) "Run & Trip" Status will be monitored by
the Local DDC controller which will transmit the status to the BMS Station.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
The differential pressure switches mounted across the Filter, the Supply Air Fan & Return
Air Fan (if any) will initiate an alarm signals to the DCC in the local panel and which in
turn will transmit the signals to the BMS station when the differential pressure rises or
fall outside its normal pre-set value.
The return and supply air temperature sensors shall be monitored by the DDC at the local
panel and the signal transmitted to the BMS station.
When the system is shut-off the control circuit will be de-energized.
Upon detection of duct smoke or receiving of smoke/fire signal from the Fire Alarm
Control Panel (FACP) the DDC will initiate the ACPU system to be shut off by stopping
all supply and return fan and closing the supply and return damper to isolate the ACPU.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT
4.3.1 General
Each Variable Air Volume Terminal Unit (VAV) will be provided with its unique panel
based I/A Series VAV DDC controller to perform all control and all interlocking
functions.
The panel based VAV DDC controller will be an integral part and connected directly to
the building management system via the Lon Network.
The VAV Unit will be equipped with a local display S-Link sensor to allow:
 Local changing of VAV parameters and Temp. settings
 Local override control of VAV.
 Display of VAV Temp. Set Point and Ambient Air Temp. Values.
The panel based VAV DDC shall be capable of stand-alone operation applying DDC to
all points.
It will be possible to perform all above functions thru the central BMS system.
The VAV unit shall be started remotely through BMS or locally either by time program
or manually thru the S-Link Sensor.
Upon receipt of the start signal. The unit shall initiate its temperature control function.
The temperature control is done by DDC controller as follows:
During cooling cycle the DDC controller shall modulate the position of VAV damper
starting from its fully open position to its minimum airflow position till it reach the
position that maintain the space temperature.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
During heating cycle if room temperature continues to fall at minimum airflow, then the
electric heating coil (if available) will be energized to maintain the space temperature.
The VAV unit remains at a minimum open position throughout the heating mode.
The VAV DDC controller can over ride the central BMS whenever the room is occupied
thru the S-Link Sensor.
The Ambient air temperature shall be monitored at the DDC thru the S-Link Sensor and
at the BMS station.
When the system is shut-off the control system will be at stand still.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.4 FAN COIL UNIT (DX- TYPE)
4.4.1 General
Each Fan Coil Unit (FCU) will be provided with its unique panel based I/A Series DDC
controller to perform all control and all interlocking functions.
The panel based DDC will be an integral part and connected directly to the building
management system via the Lon Network.
The Fan Coil Unit will be equipped with a local display S-Link sensor to allow:
 Changing FCU parameters and Temp. settings
 Local override control of FCU.
 Display of FCU Temp. Set Point and Ambient Air Temp. Values.
The panel based DDC shall be capable of stand-alone operation applying DDC to all
points.
It will be possible to perform all above functions thru the central BMS system.
The FCU unit shall be started remotely through BMS or locally either by time program or
manually thru the selector switch at the FCU local control panel.
When the supply fan is started the control circuit shall be energized.
The I/A Series DDC controller shall Command the Compressor during cooling mode or
activate the Electric Heater (01 Stages) during heating mode (if available) to maintain the
preset room temperature.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
The DDC controller can over ride the central BMS whenever the room is occupied thru
the S-Link Sensor.
The Supply Fan Run Status will be monitored by the Local DDC controller which will
transmit the status to the BMS Station.
The Ambient air temperature shall be monitored at the DDC thru the S-Link Sensor and
at the BMS station.
When the system is shut-off the control circuit will be de-energized.
Upon receiving of smoke/fire signal from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) the DDC
will initiate the FCU system to be shut off.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4.5 EXHAUST FAN UNIT
There are two types of exhaust fans in this building, they are standard exhaust fan (EF)
and toilet exhaust fan (TEF) and they are located in small mosque.
4.5.1 General
Each Building Exhaust Fan / Group of Fans will be provided with panel based I/A Series
DDC controller/s, as required, to perform all control functions and all interlocking
functions.
The panel based DDC will be an integral part and connected directly to the building
management system via the Lon Network.
The panel based DDC shall be capable of stand-alone operation applying DDC to all
points.
It will be possible to perform all above functions by the central BMS system.
The Exhaust Fan units shall be started remotely through BMS or locally either by time
program or thru the selector switch at the Exhaust Fan local control panel.
The Fan "Run & Trip" Status will be monitored by the Local DDC controller which will
transmit the status to the BMS Station.
The differential pressure switches (dps) installed across exhaust fan will be monitored as
proof of Air Flow. This dps which will activate an alarm signals to the DCC in the local
panel and which in turn will transmit the signals to the BMS station when the differential
pressure across exhaust fan fail to achieve its normal pre-set value.
When the system is shut-off the control system will be at stand still.
Upon receiving of smoke/fire signal from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) the DDC
will initiate the Exhaust Fan system to be shut off.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
5 . I / O P O I N T S A N D C O N T R O L M AT E R I A L L I S T
The following sections outline our proposal for the entire project. In the discussion below,
we follow a number of guidelines:
 There is a unique Tag Number for each piece of equipment in the project. The tag is
derived from the name of the associated mechanical or electrical equipment that is
being controlled and/or monitored. For example, the supply air Temperature sensor in
PACU-01 is tagged PACU-01/SA-TS.
 The Tag Numbers show on the schematics and are used to identify the units.
 All information in the subsequent section reflects the latest information available to us
as of the date of production of this manual.
The following section drawings will give an outline of the proposal.
- I/O BOQ Page 1 thru Page 2 for UQU Qunfudah Campus Preparatory Bld.

Project: UQU Qunfudah Campus Preparatory Bldg.
Client: Al Samman Contracting Company.
This Document S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory Bld. -BOQ
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
UQU Konfodha Preparatory Year Building

BMS Control Material List (DDCs, Field Devices,
A DGPs, Workstation and BMS Software) SR 357,622.00 152 135 104 113
Part Number Description Qty I/O Tag DI AI DO AO
DX-Type Package Units: PACU-01 thru PACU-11 (11 no.)

A Exhaust Fans: TEF-01 thru TEF-05 (05 no.)
DX-FCU: FCU-01 thru FCU-10 (10 no.)
DGP-01 Equipmemt serving Ground Floor & Roof 3
DDC I/A Series DDC Controller 23
1 DX-Type Package Units : PACU-01 thru PACU-11 (11 no.)
TS-6721-850 Duct/Immersion Sensor, Platek, 1/4" NPT Mounting 22 TS-SA
E112-708 Solid Core Current Status (“go/no”) Switch, 0.5-200 Amp Range, N 11 Curent Flow
984A.543M04 Differential dry air pressure transducer. Power supply 15-24 Vac/d 11 DP-Trans.
930.8x Differential Pressure Switch, with manually adjustable setpoint 11 DP-Switch Filter
Beck 6550 2 metal pipes with 90 Deg angle, 2 rubber grommets, 2 meter PVC 11 Accessory
MA41-7073-502 24V, 2 Pos 60 lb-in SR w/2 Aux. Switch 11 SA-DA
MA40-7043-501 24 V 2-Pos. 35 lb-in SR w/Aux. Sw. 11 SA/RA-DA
L-362-N Ion Duct Smoke Detector 4-Wire 11 Smoke Detector
L-367-N 2.5' Intake Sample Tube 11 Accessory
PACU Auto, Run, Trip & Flow Status 44
PACU VFD Modulation & On/Off Command 11 11
PACU Compressor Run & Trip Status 22
PACU Compressor 2- Stage On/Off Command 22
PACU Filter Dirty 11
PACU-DA-OA/SA/RA: Open/Close Cmnd & Feedback Status 11 E
PACU SA/RA Temp. 22
PACU Supply Air Duct Static Pressure 11
RA Duct Somke 11
Fire Alarm Signal 3
2 Exhaust Fans :TEF-01 thru TEF-05 (05 nos.)
E112-708 Solid Core Current Status (“go/no”) Switch, 0.5-200 Amp Range, N 5 Curent Flow
Exhaust Fan Auto, Run, Trip, Flow Status & On/Off Switching 20 5
3 DX-FCU: FCU-01 thru FCU-10 (10 no.)
MN-S3 Space Sensor w/Setpoint Adjustment & Override 10 Temp. Set Point
FCU Fan Run Status & Start/Stop Command 10 10
FCU Compressor Run & Trip Status 20
FCU 1- Stage Cooling Command 10
Space Temp. Sensor w/Setpoint Adjustment 10 10
B Variable Air Volume Terminal Units (46 nos.)

VAV DDC I/A Series VAV DDC Controller 46
MN-S3 Space Sensor w/Setpoint Adjustment & Override 46 Temp. Set Point
VAV-TU DDC EncTransformer, Breaker, Terminal Block, … 46
VAV-TU Flow Measuring & On/Off Switching 46 46
VAV-TU Damper Modulation 46
VAV-TU Space Temp. & Set Point Adjustment 46 46

Page 1 of 2 ]
Project: UQU Qunfudah Campus Preparatory Bldg.
Client: Al Samman Contracting Company.
This Document S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory Bld. -BOQ
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
Part Number Description Qty I/O Tag DI AI DO AO
C Graphics Workstation, BMS Software & Network Tools

1 BMS Software 1
2 Workstation PC and Accessories
PC Intel Core 2 Dou, 1024 MB SD RAM, 120 GB HDD, 128 MB
WorkStation 1
AGP SVGA, Keyboard, Mouse, with 19" flat LCD screen.
Report Printer HP Desk Jet Color Printer 1
UPS APC 1.5 kVA 1
Alarm Printer Epson LX 300 Dot-Matrix Printer 1
3 Network Management Tools
Network Controlle LON Network Controller 1
Network RepeaterLON Network Repeaters 1
Network EnclosureNetwork Controller/Repeater Enclosure 2

Page 2 of 2 ]
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
6. NETWORK RISER DIAGRAM
The following Riser Diagram will give an additional outline of the proposal.
SC-01 for UQU Qunfudah Campus Preparatory Bld.

SYMBOL DISCRIPTION
A ETHERNET PORT (Provided by university)
LON WORKS COMMUNICATION BUS

CABLE “W221P1002B”
LON/IP COMMUNICATION BUS CABLE
“BELDEN CAT 6 UTP 7851A OR EQUAL”
iLON1-100
LON/IP NETWORK CONTOLLER &
ROUTER
LON I/A SERIES CONTOLLER
LON REPEATER
END OF LINE
LRT-03
DGP-01 DGP-02 DGP-03

Equipment Equipment Equipment
PACU-01, PACU-02 PACU-05, PACU-06 PACU-09, PACU-10
PACU-03, PACU-04 PACU-07, PACU-08 PACU-11
EF-01, EF-02 EF-03 EF-04
FCU-01, FCU-02, FCU-05, FCU-06, FCU-08, FCU-09,
FCU-03 & FCU-04 & FCU-07 & FCU-10
Roof Roof Roof
Roof
LONTALK NETWORK MIN 76.8 KBPS

LONTALK NETWORK MIN 76.8 KBPS
VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx VAV-xx
LON/IP NETWORK Alarm

iLON1-100
CONTOLLER & ROUTER Printer
HMI Workstation
TCP/IP
BMS Software
BMS Control Room

G Floor
CLIENT: Al Samman Contracting Co. REV. DRAWN CHECKED DATE

AL MAYSSAN TECHNICAL SERVICES CO .LTD.
PROJECT Um Al Qura University Qunfudah 0 M.R O.A 13 Mar 2014
Head Office :P.O .Box ,7435 Jeddah ,21462 K.S.A
Tel 8967 660 ,1312 667 Fax6251 667
SOLUTION
Riyadh Office :Tel & Fax0279 217 SYSTEM BMS
- Network Riser Diagram
PARTNER
Madinah Office :Tel & Fax 2361 815
I/A Series LOCATION -Preparatory Bld. #06

Printed: 13 Mar, 2014, Page Ref. Network Riser Diagram (1 of 1)
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
7 . S C H E M AT I C S D I A G R A M
The following Schematic Diagram will give an additional outline of the proposal.
Sc-01 thru Sc-005 for UQU Qunfudah Campus Preparatory Bld.

UQU Campus Qunfudah
BMS Control Room
Preparatory Building
printer Work Station
PACU (11 Nos.)

FCU (10 Nos.)
EF (05 Nos.)
VAV (46 Nos.)
Preparatory Building
AL MAYSSAN TECHNICAL SERVICES CO. LTD. CLIENT: Al Samman Contracting Co. REV. DRAWN CHECKED DATE REF .NO.
Head Office: P.O. Box 7435, Jeddah 21462, K.S.A PROJECT: Preparatory Building 0 M.R O.A 13 Mar 2014
Tel 667 1312, 660 8967 Fax 667 6251
Riyadh Office: Tel & Fax 217 0279 SOLUTION PARTNER BMS Equipment Layout
SYSTEM: SC-01
Madinah Office: Tel & Fax 815 2361
I/A Series LOCATION: Um Al Qura University Qunfudah Campus

S - 01.314P4xx - Preparatory Bld.Qunfudah I-O SCHEMATIC.vsd ,Printed 13 :Mar ,2014 ,Page Ref 1) .of(5
Typical For PACU-01 Thru PACU-11 TS SD
E.A. R.A.
DA
dPs
TS PS
DA
O.A. Space
-
ACPU Local Control Panel with

VFD
Fire Alarm
signal
FACP
Fire Alarm Control

Panel
Supply Duct Static Pressure Sensor
Filter Dirty Status
RA Damper Act.: Opening/Closing & Open Feedback

SA Damper Act.: Opening/Closing & Open Feedback
Return Air Temp. Sensor
Supply Air Temp. Sensor
Supply Air Duct Smoke Detector
Fan Auto, Run, Trip & Air

Flow Status
& Speed Modulation

VFD ON/OFF Switching
I/A Series DDC
& 2-Stage On/Off Command

Compressor Run, Trip Status
DI 1 1 2 4 1 1
AI 1 1 1 I/A Series®
DO E 2 1 E
AO 1
Tel 667 1312, 660 8967 Fax 667 6251
Riyadh Office: Tel & Fax 217 0279 SOLUTION PARTNER
SYSTEM: Mixed Air ACPU wo/ Return Air Fan SC-02

Typical For
FCU-01 Thru FCU-10
MN-S3
R.A. S.A.
-
FCU/ ACCU
FACP
Ambient Temp .Reading ,Local Set Point &
Fire Alarm signal

(2 x 1.5mm2 Cu wire)
Fan Start / Stop Command
(1xUTP22)
Local Override
I/A Series DDC

*
FCU Compressor Run & Trip Status
DI 1 FCU Compressor 1-Stage Command 2
AI 1 I/A Series®
DO 1 1 4
AO 1
Tel 667 1312, 660 8967 Fax 667 6251
SYSTEM: Typical Fan Coil Units Type ( DX- Type) Sc-03

Typical For EF-01 Thru EF-05
O.A.
Local Control Panel
FACP
E.F .Air Flow Through Current Switch

E.F .Auto ,Run ,Trip Status
E.F .ON/OFF Switching
Fire Alarm signal

I/A Series DDC
*
DI 1 1 3
AI I/A Series®
DO 1
AO
Tel 667 1312, 660 8967 Fax 667 6251
SYSTEM: Typical Exhaust Fan Monitoring & Control SC-04

Typical For VAV 46 nos.
Space
From VAV PACU To VAV PACU

Supply MN-S3 Return
Off Switching
Air Flow Measurement

&Set point Adjusting
Room Space Temperature
VAV Actuator Modulation & On/

I/A Series DDC
DI
AI 1 1 I/A Series®
DO 1
AO 1 1
Tel 667 1312, 660 8967 Fax 667 6251
Riyadh Office: Tel & Fax 217 0279 SOLUTION PARTNER VAV Terminal Unit
SYSTEM: SC-05

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8. EQUIPMENT LIST SCHEDULE FOR

P R E PA R AT O R Y B L D .
This equipment list schedule represent the equipment being monitored and controlled by the
BMS as follow:

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8.1 CHILLED WATER AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU)

Area
Unit no. Qty. Cooling Heating Located Remarks
Stage Stage
PACU-01 1 2 - Roof Return Air
Total no. 11

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8.2 FAN COIL UNIT SYSTEM (DX- TYPE)
Unit no. Qty. Heating Area Located Remarks

Cooling Stage Stage
FCU-01 1 1 - -
FCU-02 1 1 - -
FCU-03 1 1 - -
FCU-04 1 1 - -
FCU-05 1 1 - -
FCU-06 1 1 - -
FCU-07 1 1 - -
FCU-08 1 1 - -
FCU-09 1 1 - -
FCU-10 1 1 - -
Total no. 10

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8.3 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT (VAV)
Unit no. Qty. Serving Under Remarks
Classrooms Bldg.
VAV’s 46 -
Total no. 46
NOTE: The numbers of VAV serving particular above PACU are not final, please
coordinate with the HVAC drawings.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8.4 EXHAUST FAN UNIT
Unit no. Qty. Area Served Remarks
Student Center Bldg.

EF’s 5 -
- - - -
Total 5

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
9 . A P P E N D I X I : D ATA S H E E T S
The following sheets are photocopies of the DDC and field equipment utilized in/or could be
utilized in future for this submittal.
Sr. Model Number Description Manufacturer

1 I/A Series I/A Series Intelligent Automation Brochure TAC Building Systems
2 I/A-WIB I/A Series Wonderware Software for TAC Building Systems
Intelligent Buildings
3 MNL-100, 150, 200 I/A Series MicroNet LonMark Controller TAC Building Systems
4 MNL-130 I/A Series MicroNet LonMark Controller TAC Building Systems
5 MNL-800 I/A Series MicroNet LonMark Controller TAC Building Systems
6 MNL-V2RV2, V1RV2 I/A Series MicroNet LonMark VAV Controller TAC Building Systems
7 MN-Sx Series I/A Series MicroNet Sensor TAC Building Systems
8 MA4x-7xxx Series DuraDrive Damper Actuators TAC Building Systems
9 984A.543M04 Differential dry air pressure transducer TAC OEM / Beck
10 930.83 Differential Pressure Switch TAC OEM / Beck
11 L-302-2 Duct Smoke Detector (DH100ACDCI) TAC OEM / System Sensor
12 TS-6721-85x Series Duct / Immersion Temperature Sensor TAC Building Systems
13 H600 – H800 Current Switch TAC OEM / Verius
14 iLon100 Network controller TAC OEM / Echelon
15 W221P-1052 & 1002B Lon Network & S Link Cable Connect Air

Wonderware® InTouch® 9.0 Data Sheet
InTouch 9.0
Visualization Software
b Powerful and Flexible
b Easy to Use
b Unrivaled Connectivity
b Agile Applications
b Wonderware®
SmartSymbols
OVERVIEW
Wonderware’s InTouch® 9.0 visualization software is a and innovative products. The result:
powerful graphical human-machine interface (HMI) Companies can focus on running their
for industrial automation, process control and business while its engineers leverage the
supervisory monitoring. The InTouch HMI enables latest software technologies.
users to visualize and control industrial processes InTouch 9.0 software reflects this
while providing engineers with an easy-to-use innovation with the addition of
development environment and extensive functionality SmartSymbol technology. InTouch
to rapidly create, test and deploy powerful software provides users with a versatile
automation applications that connect and deliver real- development environment and a flexible
time information. InTouch software is an open and architecture, which empowers them to
extensible HMI that enables flexibility in custom create agile applications for any automation
application design with connectivity to the broadest application scenario. InTouch software can be
set of automation devices in the industry. deployed on standalone machines; in a distributed
server/client architecture; in applications leveraging
the Industrial Application Server; and as a thin
POWER AND VERSATILITY client application using Terminal Services. InTouch
InTouch 9.0 software combines the world’s leading software is also the first HMI product to achieve
HMI software with cutting edge graphical advances to “Designed for Windows® XP” certification from
enable fast, powerful application creation and Microsoft. It can also be used to create displays
modification. The InTouch 9.0 HMI continues to that can be viewed from workstations, PDAs,
outshine its competition with advances that include browsers and the new Wonderware Industrial
easy–to-use, object-oriented programmable graphics, Tablets and Touch Panel Computers.
powerful communication connectivity and a flexible When customers purchase the industry’s leading
architecture. As a result, users can quickly create HMI, they also receive worldwide application
applications that conform with company standards yetsupport. Wonderware has installed more than
are versatile enough to be strategically deployed 200,000 InTouch HMIs worldwide and has a
track record for protecting customers’
throughout an organization via the best-suited devices
for increasing productivity and efficiency. application engineering investments by
automatically migrating their applications to
A History of Protecting Engineering Investments new versions of InTouch software. Wonderware Powering intelligent plant decisions in real time.
Wonderware invests heavily in research and also employs award-winning technical support
development to ensure the delivery of new, powerful and friendly sales staff worldwide.
Wonderware® InTouch® 9.0
EASE OF USE
InTouch software enables users to quickly create and
deploy graphical representations of real-time
industrial processes.
Standard Library Templates

SmartSymbols enable object-oriented graphics so that
users can create standardized libraries of objects that
contain all the graphics, scripts and tag controls that
an application object needs to be useful. Any graphic
Simple Configuration in an InTouch window can be converted into a
SmartSymbol by right-clicking on it. In addition,
Graphical User Interface (GUI) libraries of SmartSymbols can be exported to other
The InTouch HMI also empowers users to quickly applications and plants, enabling companies to
and easily develop custom graphical views of their standardize on graphics throughout the entire
processes. A user can develop graphics with a organization.
variety of tools in Wonderware’s WindowMaker™
graphical editing program, which includes Super-Fast Change Propagation
standard graphical components, bitmap images, Once a SmartSymbol object is deployed, if users need
ActiveX® controls and Symbol Factory — an to change an object, they simply modify the
advanced graphics library that contains thousands SmartSymbol template and the change automatically
of preconfigured industrial images and propagates throughout the application, to every
SmartSymbols. All of these tools are easy –to use window in which the SmartSymbol is used. This
and intuitive, helping users to quickly develop and makes changing, upgrading and modifying
deploy visualization applications. applications very fast and simple. Validating and re-
validating applications after modification is also
simplified with SmartSymbols.
Automatically
Change All the
Instances
Create and Modify

only the SmartSymbol
Powerful Wizards and Templates
SmartSymbol Enabled Productivity Improvements

SmartSymbols represent an enormous SmartSymbols can save an immense amount of time
advancement in the creation, deployment and when it comes to creating new applications and
modification of graphical elements inside an modifying existing applications. New applications can
application. Using the SmartSymbol Manager, be quickly created using standard SmartSymbol
application developers can create templates from libraries, ensuring compliance with standard
graphics that can connect to ArchestrA® Objects operating procedures. Plus, existing applications can
or InTouch tags through remote references. These easily be enhanced by modifying SmartSymbol
symbol templates are saved in the Symbol Library templates and using NAD (Network Application
and can be instantiated by selecting them and Development) to automatically upgrade applications
dropping them into an InTouch window. and windows. Customers benefit from improved
flexibility while greatly reducing the risks and time
associated with modification.
Powerful QuickScript Editor Runtime Viewing Enhancements
With the QuickScript Editor, an InTouch application In addition, InTouch users can run the new script
can be extended and customized to address specific function – IOSetRemoteReferences, to modify the
system requirements, making InTouch software one data source for ArchestrA Objects or InTouch tag
of the most flexible HMI products on the market. references at runtime. This enables developers to
Scripts can be configured to execute based on switch object instances for graphic symbols based on
numerous parameters, such as specific process particular conditions or directly via user interaction
conditions, data changes, application events, window such as clicking a button. It also allows users to
events, keyboard strokes, ActiveX events and more. modify an application’s access name (Galaxy or
The QuickScript environment also supports InTouch Tag Server node) and item name at runtime,
QuickFunctions, which allow users to develop a greatly increasing the amount of information a user
library of scripts that can be re-used, simplifying the can view with minimal application modification. By
application and resulting in decreased initial adding a button to a window, users can opt to view
engineering and application maintenance time and information from different devices, objects, areas and
simplified application deployment. plants. Updating the real-time information on the
The QuickScript Editor is simple – to use and allows window is very fast because only one line of script
users to completely customize how their applications needs to execute. This functionality applies to all
behave. When creating scripts, users can click on graphic objects and SmartSymbols.
buttons with common expressions and structures,
such as greater than, less than, for-next and if-then-
else. Advanced functions, such as math, string UNRIVALED CONNECTIVITY
conversion and others, are accessible through a
Wizard, which prompts the user for the required InTouch software can connect to virtually any
arguments and ensures the correct syntax for the industrial automation control device because of the
function. A built-in validation engine allows the user hundreds of available I/O and OPC® servers that are
to validate scripts before deploying them, preventing designed to connect to Wonderware products. The
runtime errors. In addition, for more advanced users, list of available servers is longer than that of any
scripts can be written and edited directly in the other HMI product on the market. This is made
script editor, or cut and pasted from other possible by Wonderware’s device integration team as
applications, encouraging re-use and saving well as hundreds of third-party product developers
engineering time. The QuickScript Editor gives users that offer connectivity to Rockwell, Siemens,
the flexibility to quickly and easily customize their Schneider and other products.
applications. From a novice to an expert Wonderware servers provide access to InTouch
programmer, everybody can use InTouch scripting. application data through Microsoft® DDE
communications, Wonderware’s SuiteLink™
protocol or OPC technology. Third-party developers
can use the ArchestrA DAS (data access server)
Toolkit to create servers that incorporate one or all
of the communication methods listed above. The
InTouch HMI, as well as Wonderware’s other
FactorySuite A2™ products, are capable of serving as
an OPC clients or OPC server.
ARCHITECTURE — EASIER
SYSTEM DEPLOYMENT AND
MAINTENANCE
Easy-to-Use QuickScript Editor
Standalone
Deployment
InTouch applications can be installed in a standalone
The InTouch Fast Switch allows application developers environment — a single computer node. This is
to switch back and forth between runtime and useful for companies that do not require many
development environments at the click of a button. different operator stations for viewing and controlling
Developers can quickly determine how their the same industrial processes. Each node is
applications will look and behave before deploying completely self-contained and not dependent on any
them into a production environment. In addition, the other computer for operation. These systems can also
InTouch HMI can be started as a service, enabling be networked.
automatic application start up and continuous
operation through multiple log-on and log-off cycles.
Client/Server Terminal Services
Moreover, InTouch applications can be installed in a Terminal Services permit centralized software
client/server environment. This method saves time deployment, maintenance and management, re-use
and money on software maintenance and of hardware, high levels of security, and client
administration. Users can choose from several support for multiple operating systems. They include
different scenarios, depending on their needs. the Microsoft Windows 2000; XP; 2003; CE;
Embedded Windows NT® (NTE); Windows for
Tag Server Configuration Workgroups 3.11, 95 and 98; Windows for
Using thethe tag server configuration, a user can Workgroups NT 3.51 and 4.0; Linux®; and Unix®
designate one or multiple computers as tag servers. operating systems. In addition, customers can use
These tag servers can store the tagname dictionary thin-client terminals to extend the view into their
(all the tags used in the InTouch applications), processes. Thin-client terminals can also be used in
perform historical event logging, run QuickScripts, act place of regular computer nodes to provide
as an alarm facility and connect to I/O data. additional low-cost views into the application or
Applications running on the client nodes (operator replacements for indicating devices, such as chart
stations) connect to the tag servers to display the recorders or temperature controllers. In addition,
information. Terminal Services for InTouch applications can run on
Dynamic Network Application Development PDAs and Tablet PCs for mobility and constant
(NAD) visualization into and control over an application. The
Dynamic NAD facilitates centralized maintenance of Terminal Services for InTouch HMI provides all of the
an InTouch application master copy using one benefits of thin-client technology while reducing the
network server. Each client node makes a local copy overall cost of system ownership.
of the master application, providing strong
redundancy. If the server is unavailable, the client
node keeps working — using its local copy of the
application. Reconnections after the server re-appears
are transparent and seamless. Another powerful NAD
feature is that users can accept InTouch application
changes at the client nodes, without shutting down
the running InTouch application. The system alerts
the operator when changes to the application are
available and the operator can accept them when it is
convenient. Once accepted, only the application
components that were changed are downloaded and
updated on the client nodes. If the operator chooses
not to accept the configuration changes, the latest
application will be downloaded the next time the InTouch View
system is restarted. Therefore, the operator is always Systems featuring Wonderware’s Industrial
using the most current application and can update Application Server use InTouch View for process
the running application at any time, without incurring visualization. The Industrial Application Server greatly
downtime or loss of process visualization. reduces the engineering efforts and time required to
maintain and deploy large systems within one plant
or across multiple plants. InTouch View is an ideal
choice for customers looking to migrate existing
applications into one large, feature-rich system. In
this configuration, the Industrial Application Server
handles all of the security, scripting, history and I/O,
and InTouch View provides a low-cost HMI solution
for visualizing the information.
Tablet PC Support
Wonderware’s InTouch software has been enhanced
to help customers leverage new Tablet PC features
such as Inking and Annotation. Inking enables
customers to write values into data links in their
own handwriting. The InTouch application
recognizes numbers and/or text in multiple
languages and inputs them into the data field.
Annotation enables users to mark up a graphical
display with pens and highlighters. After capturing each pen of a trend chart. This allows an operator to
and annotating a graphical screen, the user can view both native InTouch history and IndustrialSQL
instantly e-mail, print or save the screen capture to Server™ history in the same trend. Distributed history
facilitate troubleshooting and explanations of the trending enables swift analysis of historical
production process. information on one screen, saving time and
improving the analysis of multiple variables.
Wonderware Tablets and Touch Panel
Computers Dynamic Resolution Conversion (DRC)
Wonderware’s Industrial Tablets and Touch Panel Dynamic Resolution Conversion (DRC) enables users
Computers are pre-integrated with fully functioning to develop applications in one screen resolution and
InTouch software. Existing applications can be re-used run them in another, without affecting the original
with Wonderware’s Industrial Tablets and Touch Panel application. The applications can also be run at a
Computers without modifications, saving valuable user-defined resolution, instead of the display
engineering time and effort while increasing the resolution. In addition, DRC allows users to take
mobility and versatility of the applications. advantage of multiple monitors within an application
InTouch applications on Industrial Tablets and Touch without worrying about where the windows will
Panel Computers can provide visualization and control appear. Users can save time by creating an
in many automation scenarios previously serviced application once and deploying it anywhere, on
only by closed proprietary (a.k.a., ‘dumb’) terminals. displays of any size — without redesigning, copying
Wonderware Industrial Tablets and Touch Panel or modifying the original application.
Computers work out of the box, without additional
Distributed Time Zones
configuration, and include access to Wonderware’s
In addition, the InTouch HMI provides services to
extensive library of device integration tools, ensuring
both the distributed history and alarm systems,
connectivity to a wide range of systems.
permitting value viewing in the local time. This is
Tablet PC, XP Pro and XP Embedded important because it eliminates confusion over when
Support events occurred when applications become larger
Wonderware Industrial Tablets feature the latest and span multiple physical areas.
version of the InTouch software are the Microsoft
Windows XP Tablet PC Edition operating system.
Touch Panel Computers are available with either the
Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition or XPe (XP
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Embedded) Edition operating systems in standard and SECURITY MODELS
industrialized models.
Access-Level Password Security
InTouch can be configured to use an access-level
password security model that enables the developer
ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTED of the InTouch application to group users into access
SYSTEM FEATURES levels with different passwords and then assign the
InTouch software offers several additional features to access levels to windows and tags. This gives the
enable better application design and control for developer the ability to limit the users’ capabilities in
distributed environments. The InTouch HMI also the InTouch application, based on their areas of
offers client/server tools for configuration, responsibility and authority.
deployment, maintenance and multi-plant systems.
Remote Tag Referencing
In order to fully realize the benefits of the
client/server architecture, the InTouch HMI offers
Remote Tag Referencing for application developers,
which allows them to create an InTouch application
without using any local tagnames. At runtime, the
client nodes connect to the tag server to retrieve
information. Remote Tag Referencing enables
companies to save time and money because users
can create one template and re-use it several times
Strong Security for Applications
throughout the application.
Microsoft Windows NT Authentication
Distributed History
The InTouch 9.0 HMI enables application developers
InTouch software includes a distributed historical
to use the Microsoft Windows NT operating system
trending system that allows users to dynamically
for authentication. This gives them tools to grant
specify a different historical file or data source for
permissions to InTouch users on a domain controller Alarm Viewer Control
or the local computer, based on user identity and The Alarm Viewer Control is an ActiveX control that
group affiliations. This fully integrated approach to provides both current summary and historical session
application security reduces the amount of required alarm information. It has a similar look and feel to
by the IT department to administer and maintain the Database View Control to enable quick
security passwords and user names. configuration and ensure ease of use. The alarm
viewers enable the operator to sort the alarms based
FDA 21 CFR Part 11
on the important priorities at runtime. Dialog boxes
In addition, InTouch 9.0 software includes authentication and easy-to-use Wizards also make alarm
fields that are necessary for customers who need to configuration simple to implement. An InTouch user
comply with FDA 21 CFR Part 11 and other gains complete control over the current alarms in
regulations. New security script functions and their system and retrieval of historical alarm
variables have been added to version 9.0, making it information.
easier for users to comply with government
regulations and establish plant security policies.
Industrial Application Server Security
For customers who have adopted Wonderware’s
Industrial Application Server, the ArchestrA software
architecture offers complete, secure integration
between InTouch and Industrial Application Server
applications.
ALARM FEATURES AND
DESIGNED FOR WINDOWS XP ENHANCEMENTS
Microsoft Windows XP Logo Certification Alarm Acknowledgement
InTouch software is the first HMI to qualify InTouch software offers three alarm
for Microsoft’s prestigious “Designed for acknowledgement models:
Windows XP” logo. This means that ■ Traditional, condition-oriented alarms;
InTouch applications will install and run on
the Windows XP platform. Version 9.0 also ■ Event alarms, which are compatible with the OPC
leverages new XP features, which system alarm model and require an acknowledgment for
administrators can use to easily install and remove the most recent transition to an alarmed state;
drivers from the XP platform. and
■ Expanded Summary alarms, which support
acknowledgment of each transition into and out
ALARMS — MORE VIEWING OPTIONS,
of an alarmed state.
ADDITIONAL FEATURES AND BENEFITS
Knowledge about system alarms and the ability to Alarm Flexibility
acknowledge them in a timely manner can save a Alarms can be enabled or disabled directly or
company hours of costly downtime. Operators need indirectly, using Alarm Inhibitor Tags, under full
to view alarms and track what occurred throughout control of the application. Alarm suppression can be
the entire manufacturing process in order to applied to single alarm classes, tags or groups, to
minimize and be accountable for losses. InTouch prohibit the display of alarm information on a
software offers three different application alarm specific view node. System-wide disablement can also
views that can be used together or separately. block alarm activity at the source.
THREE VIEWS INTO ALARMS

Distributed Alarm Display
The Distributed Alarm Object enables operators to
select and pre-configure alarm views at runtime. This
display shows a summary of current alarms.
Database View Control
The Database View Control displays alarms that have
been logged in the InTouch Alarm Logger Database.
The display shows the Origin Time, GMT Time, or
Local Time for historical session alarms. Powerful Distributed Alarm Subsystems
Alarm Toolkit ADDITIONAL FEATURES
The Alarm Toolkit enables third parties, systems
integrators (SIs) and end users to enhance InTouch Tagname Browser
systems by writing custom Alarm Providers and The Tagname Browser allows the user to select
Alarm Consumers that work with their devices. tagnames and tagname fields from any FactorySuite®
Alarm Providers determine alarm conditions and application, such as another InTouch node, the
publish the alarms to the InTouch Distributed Alarm Industrial Application Server, the IndustrialSQL Server
Subsystem. Alarm Consumers are clients that historian, InBatch™ production management software,
receive information from the InTouch Distributed InControl™ real-time control software, or any other
Alarm Subsystem. By using the toolkit, a hardware tagname source that supports the InTouch Tagname
device interface can be constructed and integrated Dictionary interface. This enables quick configuration
into an InTouch environment, allowing that between applications, saving time for the developer
hardware device to publish and manage alarms and synchronizing tagnames for easier administration
using the Distributed Alarm Subsystem. and maintenance.
SuiteLink Time-Stamping Automatic Application Backup
InTouch 9.0 software offers alarming up to the When existing applications require conversion to run
millisecond -- when the alarm is generated, not when on newer versions of InTouch software, this backup
the consumer receives the alarm. feature protects the older application on the previous
software version from being overwritten. If necessary,
the user can revert to the Backup Directory.
Alarm Printing Options
The InTouch HMI enables alarm printing from any
printer that runs on a Windows operating system and
includes support for USB and network printers.
FactoryFocus Graphic Monitoring Software
FactoryFocus™ graphic monitoring software provides
a view-only runtime version of the InTouch 9.0 HMI.
Easy Alarm Configuration Wizards It gives managers and supervisors the ability to view a
continuous HMI application process in real time.
Alarm Database System security increases with this view-only
The InTouch Distributed Alarm Subsystem supports capability because no data can be changed. InTouch
logging alarms and events to a Microsoft SQL Server applications do not require modification to use the
7.0, 2000 or MDSE database. This gives users the InTouch FactoryFocus software.
power of a relational database regardless of the
application size or project budget. Time and Date Functions
Users can access UTC Time, the current local time,
AlarmSuite Database Migration the current time offset from the GMT zone, and
Support for AlarmSuite users is still available. daylight savings time status for their applications,
However, to enable maximum flexibility, the simplifying worldwide application management.
InTouch 9.0 HMI also provides migration tools from
existing AlarmSuite databases to the Alarm Tagname Cross-Referencing
Database View Control. The Tagname Cross-Referencing function allows users
to analyze tagname, SuperTag and remote tag reference
Easy-to-Configure Hot Backup and usage and indicates the window or QuickScript in
Resynchronization which a specific tagname or reference is used. For
The Distributed Alarm System allows you to convenience, the Tagname Cross-Reference window
configure a secondary backup Alarm Provider to can remain open in the WindowMaker editing
establish a fail-safe system. Alarm Provider Pairs program while the developer performs other tasks. It
are configured using a supplied utility. Should a also allows for direct viewing of any QuickScript or
primary Alarm Provider fail, the Distributed Alarm QuickFunction in which a tagname is found.
Subsystem seamlessly acquires alarm information
from the backup system. Upon reconnection to Local Variables
the primary Alarm Provider, the Distributed Alarm InTouch 9.0 QuickScripts and QuickFunctions support
Subsystem synchronizes the information before the use of local variables to store temporary results
the primary system becomes live again. and create complex calculations with intermediate
scripting values. Using local variables in QuickScripts
and QuickFunctions does not decrease the licensed
tagname count.
Instrument Failure Monitoring COMPREHENSIVE SUPPORT
Wonderware’s InTouch 9.0 software supports several
Wonderware’s Comprehensive Support Program
tagname dot fields, including .RawValue, .MinRaw and
makes it easy to maintain up-to-date Wonderware
.MaxRaw. Any operator can use these dot fields in
software and associated applications. To learn more
InTouch QuickScripts to monitor instrument values
about this valuable program, which maintains and
and determine if instruments have failed or are
often increases the value of industrial software
operating out – of range or calibration.
applications, call to action.
VTQ
VTQ refers to the data Value, Timestamp and Quality
of I/O-type tagnames provided by an I/O Server. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Through standard SuiteLink protocols, the time and
quality stamps are available as 19-dot fields for tags To run InTouch 9.0 software, we recommend the
and may be referenced in animation links and scripts. following minimum hardware and software
The VTQ model is compatible with the OPC standard. configurations:
HARDWARE
Minimum
INTEGRATION WITH ■ 400 MHz Pentium II
FACTORYSUITE COMPONENTS
■ 256 MB of RAM, plus 5 MB of additional RAM per
InTouch 9.0 software functions as the universal
5K tags
FactorySuite A2 client. It can be used as a front end
for the Industrial Application Server, InTrack™ resource ■ 2 GB Free Hard Disk Space (excluding Windows XP
tracking software, InBatch production management Embedded systems)
software, the IndustrialSQL Server historian, InControl
Suggested
software and DT Analyst™ asset –monitoring and
software. InTouch graphical windows can be viewed ■ 1.2 GHz Pentium III or greater
over a PDA, Tablet PC, using Terminal Services for ■ 512 MB of RAM
InTouch software, or over a browser, using
SuiteVoyager® portal software. In addition, client tools OPERATING SYSTEMS*
such as ActiveFactory™ analysis tools, QI Analyst™ ■ Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional, Server and
SPC/SQC software and SCADAlarm™ event-notification
Advanced Server
software collaborate with the InTouch HMI to provide
additional information about the industrial process. ■ Microsoft Windows XP
■ Microsoft Windows XP Tablet Edition**
■ Microsoft Windows 2003 Standard and
Enterprise Editions
■ Microsoft Windows XP Embedded**
*with the latest service packs applied

**on select hardware
Agile Applications
Contact Wonderware or your local Distributor for information about software products for industrial automation.
Wonderware Corporation • 26561 Rancho Parkway South, Lake Forest, CA 92630 • Tel: (949) 727-3200 • Fax: (949) 727-3270
www.wonderware.com
©2004 Invensys Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of the material protected by this copyright may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or
mechanical, including photocopying, recording, broadcasting, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Invensys Systems Inc.
Invensys, Wonderware, ArchestrA, InTouch, SuiteLink, WindowMaker, FactorySuite, FactorySuite A2, IndustrialSQL Server, InControl, InBatch, FactoryFocus, InTrack, DT Analyst,
SuiteVoyager, ActiveFactory, QI Analyst and SCADAlarm are trademarks of Invensys plc.
Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owners.
PN 15-0005 Rev. 6/04

i.LON® 100 Internet Server
Models 72101, 72102, 72103, and 72104
▼ Connects LONWORKS® networks to TCP/IP Ethernet
networks for commercial, industrial, and utility
applications
▼ Built-in scheduling, data logging, and alarm management
applications
▼ Local or remote configuration via built-in configuration
web pages
▼ Power line (PL-20) or twisted pair (TP/FT-10)
LONWORKS channel support
Description ▼ 2 opto-isolated digital inputs
The i.LON 100 Internet Server is a low-cost, high- ▼ 2 high voltage, high current relay outputs
performance interface that connects LONWORKS based ▼ 2 inputs for electric, gas, or water impulse meters
everyday devices to the Internet, a LAN, or a WAN. ▼ Auto-polarity 10/100 BaseT Ethernet interface
Appliances, meters, load controls, lights, security systems, ▼ Optional integral dial-in/out modem
pumps, valves—virtually any electrical device—can be ▼ Built-in real-time clock
connected through the i.LON 100 Internet Server to an IP ▼ SOAP/XML Web Services interface allows easy
network or the Internet. This allows a service center to integration with enterprise systems
configure, monitor, and control everyday devices from ▼ E-mail or network variable notification of alarm
across the room, or across the globe. conditions
▼ MD5 secured communications
Applications ▼ Compatible with NAT routers for operation behind
The i.LON 100's software applications provide a rich set of firewalls
functions that enable it to work as a self-contained controller ▼ Static or DHCP acquired IP address
without the need for a PC or host processor. Standard applica- ▼ Built-in RNI for integration with LNS® applications
tions include scheduling, data logging, alarm detection &
dispatch, and meter reading. The scheduling application
allow day-to-day operational activities such as scheduling
permits events and exceptions to be initiated based on time
events, reading data logs, monitoring events, and acknowledg-
and date schedules configured by the user. The data logging
ing alarms to be supervised from anywhere in the world using
application collects network activity for use by trending,
a web browser.
reporting, and analysis applications. The alarming application
provides a means to identify, annunciate, and log alarm condi- Network Interfaces
tions. The meter reading application supervises impulse meters
Available with either a PL-20 power line or TP/FT-10 free
and provides suitable conversion values for energy, gas, and
topology twisted pair LONWORKS interface, the i.LON 100
water metering.
features a standard 10/100 BaseT Ethernet interface and an
These applications may be used either separately or in
optional internal 56K V.90 modem for dial-in/out applications.
combination with one another. The i.LON 100 applications are
The power line interface allows signaling to everyday devices
accessible from web pages, SOAP/XML, or via standard LNS
through the power mains, and has the advantage of requiring
plug-ins. The SOAP/XML interface to these applications
no new wires. The free topology twisted pair interface uses
allows custom integration of data into back-end databases and
inexpensive twisted pair wiring to interconnect devices with-
reporting applications using Web services. The device level
out regard to wiring topology: the installer is free to route the
LNS plug-in application is used to configure the operation of
wire in the most expeditious manner. The 10/100 BaseT inter-
the internal applications, and customize the presentation of
face provides connection to a local Ethernet network, while the
data and alarms that are viewed with the integrated Web
internal modem option permits signals over telephone lines
interface, or accessed via the SOAP/XML interface. Used in
without the need for a cumbersome external modem.
conjunction with the built-in security features, the applications
Hardware I/O 100 e-mail client is used to send e-mail dispatches of alarm
The i.LON 100 includes two optically-isolated digital conditions and data log content. The combination of web and
inputs, high voltage, high current SPST relay outputs, and two SOAP servers enables the creation of web browser-based
impulse meter inputs for supervising electric, gas, and water interfaces as well as connectivity to enterprise systems such as
impulse meters. Each input or output may be configured using manufacturing, accounting, and SCADA applications. All
LNS plug-ins. For example, the pulse meter inputs can be information is provided in either HTML or XML formats.
easily configured to convert a predefined number of pulses into In addition, a standard WSDL file suitable for .Net integra-
a kilowatt hour (kWh) value and then store the kWh reading in tion is provided as part of the i.LON 100 support software.
one of the i.LON 100’s data logs. When convenient, the day’s This web service interface allows programmers to seamlessly
energy consumption log can be uploaded via the SOAP/XML access the internal workings of the i.LON 100 in much the
interface or as a CSV file through FTP, dispatched as a daily same way as OCX controls have operated in the past. The
e-mail message, or simply displayed on an i.LON 100 web result—faster access to network data.
page for viewing in a web browser.
Standards Based Protocols for Total
Likewise, the i.LON 100’s outputs can be triggered by
network events. For example, instead of sending an e-mail or
Interoperability
network variable update when an alarm condition is detected, The i.LON 100 is designed for use in both local and wide
the i.LON 100’s built-in alarm annunciator might trigger one area data networks, and is compatible with the most popular IP
of the internal high voltage, high current relays, e.g., detection networking protocols including TCP, PPP, CHAP, PAP, ICMP,
of a burst pipe or a conveyor failure might trigger an electrical NAT, SMTP, DHCP, SNTP, FTP, DNS, MD5, and HTTP.
system shutdown. HTML, XML, and SOAP application protocols are also
supported. The i.LON 100 fully supports the ANSI 709.1
Multiple IP Connections protocol as well as ANSI 709.2 or 709.3 physical layers.
When connected to an LNS Server, the i.LON 100 func- Application modules are exposed using standard objects that
tions as a high-performance remote network interface (RNI). can be configured with any LNS based integration tool.
In this mode, all network management, diagnostic, monitoring, Regardless of whether one is connecting to a LAN, WAN,
and control functions are handled by LNS. Besides acting as a or ANSI 709.1 protocol based system, the i.LON 100 offers
remote LONWORKS network interface, the i.LON 100 also interoperable networking based on open standards.
offers a built-in web server and a SOAP server. The i.LON
Specifications
Minimum PC Requirements Pentium II @ 600MHz, 128KB RAM, 70MB of free disk space
Processor MIPS32™
Channel Type 72101 TP/FT-10 free topology twisted pair
72102 TP/FT-10 free topology twisted pair
72103 PL-20N or PL-20C power line, L-N coupling
72104 PL-20N or PL-20C power line, L-N coupling
Network Connector Screw terminals
Operating Input Voltage 100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption <15 Watts
Controls Service switch, Reset switch
Indicators Power On/Wink
Ethernet link, Activity, 10/100 Mbps
LONWORKS Service, BIU, PKD, Tx, Rx
(2) Digital Inputs
(2) Relay Outputs
(2) Metering Inputs
Remote Network Interface connection status
Ethernet Port 10/100BaseT, auto-selecting, auto polarity
Ethernet Connector Type RJ-45, 8 conductor
Modem Optional V.90 internal analog modem
Modem Connector RJ-11, 6 conductor
Console Port EIA-232
Console Connector DB-9
Digital Inputs 2 optically-isolated dry contact inputs, 30V AC/DC
Digital Input Connector Screw terminals
Relay Outputs 2 SPST relays rated at 240VAC @ 10A or 24VDC @ 10A
Relay Output Connector Screw terminals
Impulse Meter Inputs DIN 43 864 (Open terminal voltage ≤12VDC Max; Max current ≤ 27mA)
Impulse Meter Input Connector Screw terminals
Temperature
Operating 0 to +50°C
Non-operating -40 to +85°C
Humidity (non-condensing)
Operating 10 to 90% RH @ 50°C
Non-operating 5 to 90% RH max @ 50°C
Dimensions H: 3.51", W: 5.47", D: 2.60"
(8TE DIN, H: 8.9 cm, W: 13.8cm, D: 6.6cm)
EMC FCC Part 15 Class B, EN55022 Class B, EN55024, CISPR 22 Class B, VCCI Class B
Agency Listings UL 60950, cUL C22.2 No. 60950-00, TÜV EN60950, CE, C-Tick.
Mounting DIN, Enclosure 8TE
Documentation
The i.LON 100 Internet Server User’s Guide and the i.LON 100 Programmer’s Reference Guide are included in PDF format on the
product CD, and may be downloaded from Echelon’s web site.
Document Echelon Part Number
i.LON 100 Internet Server User’s Guide 078-0196-01A
i.LON 100 Internet Server Programmer’s Reference 078-0250-01
Ordering Information
Product Echelon Model Number
i.LON 100 Internet Server – TP/FT-10, no modem 72101
i.LON 100 Internet Server – TP/FT-10 with modem 72102
i.LON 100 Internet Server – PL-20, no modem 72103
i.LON 100 Internet Server – PL-20 with modem 72104
Copyright © 2002-2003, Echelon Corporation. Echelon, LON, LONWORKS, LONMARK, LonBuilder, Nodebuilder, LonPoint, LonManager, Digital Home, LonTalk, LNS, i.LON, Neuron, 3120, 3150, the LONMARK logo, and the Echelon logo
are trademarks of Echelon Corporation registered in the United States and other countries. SMX, the LNS Powered Logo, LonResponse, LONews, LonSupport, LonMaker, ShortStack, Bringing the Internet to Life, Panoramix, Open
Systems Alliance, and the Open Systems Alliance logo are trademarks of Echelon Corporation. Other trademarks belong to their respective corporations.
Disclaimer
Neuron Chips, Free Topology Twisted Pair Transceiver Modules, and other OEM Products were not designed for use in equipment or systems which involve danger to human health or safety or a risk of property damage and Echelon
assumes no responsibility or liability for use of the Neuron Chips or Free Topology Twisted Pair Transceiver Modules in such applications. ECHELON MAKES AND YOU RECEIVE NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR IN ANY COMMUNICATION WITH YOU, AND ECHELON SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.. 003-0354-01B
w w w . e c h e l o n . c o m
VB-8000
TAC I/A Series
Intelligent Automation
TAC I/A Series ®
The TAC I/A Series® Building

Automation System is Intelligent
Automation for every type and
Open...interoperable...
size facility. Delivering an open
interoperable solution through the
scalable...extensible... UNC 520
power of the Internet, the I/A Series

IBS IBS
provides full access and control of MZII S-Link Sensor

your building from anywhere in the ACCESS AND CONTROL...
world. Only the I/A Series is: ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD MNL 800
PEM S-Link Sensor

• Open & Interoperable. LONMARK®,
LONWORKS®, BACnet™, TCP/IP are MNL 200/150/100
standard with MODbus as fully ASDI/VAV/

supported options. HPFC ProView
• Web Powered. The I/A Series is

designed from the ground up as a
MNL V1/V2
Java based web enabled product
family. Thin client, pure browser SW2
SW24H3
4H2
SW2
access for any size project. MNL V3/50

4H1
24H
24G
GND AO
COM
UI
S-LK DI
/COM
S-LK
LON
LON
third-party
• Full Range of Control LON devices
Solutions.The MicroNet
series of controllers offers the LON
industry’s most complete line of
fully programmable BACnet,
LONMARK and LONWORKS
controllers.
• Innovative Design. Industry

leading family of intelligent
temperature and humidity
sensors – the S-Link series.
• Investment Protection. Brings

the Internet to NETWORK 8000™
and DMS™ building automation
systems.
Whether your needs are LON,

BACnet or other standards, TAC
I/A Series guarantees compliance
today, with the standards of
tomorrow. From sensor to
boardroom, and everywhere
inbetween, the I/A Series can
satisfy all of your enterprise control
requirements well into the future.
Web
I/A Series
Enterprise Server Browser and
Engineering
Workstation
Browser
WorkPlace Tech
Ethernet TCP/IP and BACnet/IP
MNB 1000
UNC 410 GCM DMS

S-Link Sensor
Fire
I/O IBS
LCM UNC 520
Module S-Link Sensor
Drives MSC MPC
LCM
S-Link Sensor MNL 800
IBS
Lighting MZII MSC P1500

S-Link Sensor
MSC
MADE - P1504
IN
U.S.A.
ProView
MNB 300
Meters MNL 200/150/100
PEM
MSC-MI
TERM
M-001
CONTRO
–
TRUNK
LLER
HOI
PORT
MSI/VAV
S-Link Sensor
+
S WDT
ADDRESS
U-Bus
2
1
2
1
2
1
24
EGND Vac
5x20mm
AC FUSE
1AMP.
MNL 130/110
AC TIME-LAG
250VOLT
GND
MNB V1/V2 Chillers

ASDI/VAV/HPFC MSC-MI
M-001
TERM
CONTRO
MSC P750
VAV Box
TRUNK
LLER
HOI
PORT
–
+
S WDT
ADDRESS
U-Bus
2
1
2
1
2
1
24
EGND Vac
5x20mm
AC FUSE
1AMP.
AC TIME-LAG
250VOLT
GND
BACnet™ MNL V1/V2
BACnet™
or LON SW2
SW24H3
SW2
4H2
DMS
MNL V3/50
4H1
24H
24G
GND AO
COM
UI
S-LK DI
/COM
S-LK
LON
LON
third-party
LON devices
LON
WORLD WIDE WEB ACCESSIBLE
Features and functionality across platforms: I/A Series fully supports LON, BACnet,
OPC, and Modbus.
• Internet browser support. Thin client Internet Explorer™and Netscape™ supported
for unlimited users.
• Control and monitoring. Complete day-to-day access or system management
and/or monitoring.
• Data collection. Real time, historical, and dynamic creation for custom requirements.
• Alarm management. Sophisticated alarm processing and routing including e-mail,
paging, and cell phone capability.
• Scheduling. Graphical calendar, event, and holiday scheduling available across
platforms.
• Reporting. Dynamic creation of custom reports with simplified cataloging as masters.
• Database Change Recording. Audit Trail functionality provides for full details on
who has accessed the system, when, and what activities occurred.
• Database Programming. Complete access to all supported platforms.
• Security. Password protection and security using standard Java authentication

and encryption techniques.
Distributed, manufactured and sold by TAC. I/A SERIES trademarks are owned by
Invensys Systems, Inc. and are on this product under license from Invensys. Invensys
does not manufacture this product or provide any product warranty or support. For
service, support and warranty information, contact TAC at 1-888-444-1311.
Copyright® 2006, TAC 1354 Clifford Avenue

All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks Loves Park, Illinois 61111
arethe property of their respective owners. Information 815-637-3000
containedwithin this document is subject to change
without notice. All rights reserved.
F-27372-2
www.tac.com
• •
TAC MicroNet™
100, 150, & 200 Series
Controllers
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet 100, 150, and 200 Controllers are interoperable controllers
designed in accordance with LonMark® guidelines. When programmed using WorkPlace
Tech Tool, or loaded with a pre-engineered application, these controllers provide control
for packaged rooftops, heat pumps, fan coils, unit ventilators, and similar applications.
Designed for new or existing system installa-
Controllers feature Sensor Link (S-Link) support, LED indication, screw terminal blocks,
tions, the MN 100, 150, and 200 controllers
as well as DIN rail or panel mounting ability. These controllers can function in either
provide control for:
standalone mode or as part of a LonWorks® TP/FT-10 Free Topology communications
• Unit Ventilators.
network.
• Series Fan.
• Heat Pumps. The 100, 150, and 200 series controllers use the same physical packaging, but differ in
the onboard I/O points they provide.
• Fan Coils.
• Packaged Rooftops. The MN series controllers offer the advantages of standalone and networked control.
• Field programmable using WorkPlace Tech Using a TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor (MN-Sx series), the operator can monitor
Tool. controller performance and edit operational values. The WorkPlace Tech Tool software is
used to program the controllers.
• Uses LonMark HVAC profiles for interoper-
ability.
Table-1 Model Chart.
• Capability to function in standalone mode or
as part of a LonWorks TP/FT-10 Free Topol- Model Description Inputs/Outputs Profiles
ogy communications network.
• Multiple controllers on a LonWorks FTT net- 1 Digital Input (DI)
work creates a complex network of control- Heat Pump
TAC I/A Series
lers for virtually any building control need. a Fan Coil
MNL-10Rxx MicroNet 100 Series 2 Universal Inputs (UI)
Packaged Rooftop
• Proportional (P), Proportional Plus Integral Controller
Satellite
(PI), and Proportional Plus Integral and De- 4 Digital Outputs (DO)
rivative (PID) control for cooling and heating.
• The satellite profile allows the controller to 3 Universal Inputs (UI)
Heat Pump
be used in a broad range of applications, TAC I/A Series
a Fan Coil
providing solutions for your building control MNL-15Rxx MicroNet 150 Series 2 Digital Outputs (DO)
Packaged Rooftop
needs. Controller
Satellite
2 Analog Outputs (AO)
• Onboard LED indication without cover
removal.
2 Digital Inputs (DI)
• Plenum-rated enclosure allows direct mount-
ing in plenum. Heat Pump
TAC I/A Series 3 Universal Inputs (UI)
a Fan Coil
• Protective hinged covers provide access to MNL-20Rxx MicroNet 200 Series
Packaged Rooftop
field wiring terminals. Controller 6 Digital Outputs (DO)
Satellite
2 Analog Outputs (AO)

a
xx denotes LONMARK profile and profile version /F=Fan Coil, H=Heat Pump, R=Rooftop,
S=Satellite). Satellite profile is based on Rooftop profile.
Software Capabilities
• Allows design of a complete custom applica- Table-2 Inputs from MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor.
tion for each controller. Inputs Description MN-Sx Sensor
• Conforms to the LonMark guidelines.
Space Temperature 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) MN-S1, MN-S1HT, MN-S2, MN-S2HT,
• WorkPlace Tech Tool is capable of reconfigur- MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT,
ing and editing application configuration data. MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5 and
• HVAC interoperability achieved through use of MN-S5HT
LonMark HVAC profiles.
Space Humidity 5 to 95% RH, Non-condensing MN-S1HT, MN-S2HT, MN-S3HT,
• All controllers are field programmable, but
MN-S4HT, MN-S4HT-FCS, and MN-S5HT
controllers with satellite profiles are espe-
cially suited for a broad range of applications, Adjustable Setpoint 40 to 95 °F (4 to 35°C) MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT,
providing solutions for your building control MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and
needs. MN-S5HT
Override Pushbut- For standalone occupancy con- MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT,
ton trol or remote status monitoring MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and
of local status condition. MN-S5HT
Fan Operation and Fan mode selection: On, Speed MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS,
Speed (Low/Medium/High), or Auto. MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
System Mode System mode selection: Heat, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and
Cool, Off, or Auto. MN-S5HT
Emergency Heat Emergency heat mode selection: MN-S5 and MN-S5HT

Enable or Disable
Communications
LonWorks Networks
A LonWorks communications network uses an TP/FT-10 Free Topology configuration.
Controllers on a LonWorks network can communicate with each other in a peer-to-
peer fashion. A LonWorks network has a communications speed of 78k baud, using
unshielded, twisted-pair cabling, with connections that are not polarity sensitive.
S-Link
The Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides power and a communica-
tion interface for an MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor. The various MN-Sx
sensors can provide room temperature, room humidity, setpoint adjustment, and oc-
cupancy override. This connection uses two-wire, unshielded cable and is not polarity
sensitive. Maximum wire length allowed between a controller and a TAC I/A Series
MicroNet Sensor is 200 ft (61 m).
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions Ambient Limits Universal Input

4-5/16 H x 4-3/8 W x 2 D in Operating Temperature 1K ohm Balco Input
(109 x 111 x 51 mm). -40 to 140 °F (-40 to 60 °C). -40 to 250 °F (-40 to 121°C) range.
TSMN-81011, TS-8000 Series or
Enclosure Shipping and Storage Temperature equivalent.
Conforms to NEMA-1 requirements. -40 to 160 °F (-40 to 71 °C)
1K ohm Platinum Input
Meets UL94-5V flammability for ple- Humidity -40 to 240 °F (-40 to 116 °C) range.
num application use. 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. TSMN-58011, TS-5800 Series or
Conduit Knockouts Wiring Terminals equivalent.
Not applicable. Order optional MicroNet Screw terminals. Each terminal accepts 1k Resistance
Enclosure, MNA-FLO-1, if wiring to flex- one AWG #16 to #24 (1.31 to 0.205 0 to 1.5k ohms.
ible conduit is desired. mm2 maximum) wire.
10K ohm Thermistor w/ 11K ohm Shunt
Power Supply Input Digital Inputs Resistor
20.4 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz. (MN 100 and MN 200 only) Dry Con- -40 to 250 °F (-40 to 121 °C) range.
tact. Detection of closed switch requires TSMN-57011-850, TS-5700-850 Series
Maximum Power Consumption less than 300 ohm. Detection of open
15 VA @ 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz, excluding or equivalent.
switch requires more than 100K ohm.
relay output power. 10k Resistance
Digital Outputs 0 to 10.5k ohms.
Surge Immunity Compliance Current Ratings
IEEE C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A & 24 VA at 24 Vac, pilot duty. Voltage
B). 0 to 5 Vdc.
Agenc y Listings Current
FCC 0 to 20 mA requires an external 250
Class B. ohm shunt resistor.
UL Digital Input
UL-916 (File # E71385 Category PAZX). Dry Contact. Detection of closed switch
UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards requires less than 300 ohms. Detection
(CAN/CSA C22.2). of open switch requires more than 1.5K
ohms.
European Community – EMC Directive
89/336/EEC Analog Outputs
EN61326 (MN 150 and MN 200 only).
Mounting Current
35 mm DIN rail or panel. 0 to 20 mA. (Output load from 80 to
550 ohms).
3
PDA
TAC MicroNet Sensor
Desktop PC or (MN-S5 Shown) 5
Notebook PC with
WorkPlace Tech 4 MNL-V3RVx
Tool Software 1 MN 100, MN 150, or UNC Controller
2 or MN 50
MN 200 Controller
Controller
SW
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
MNL-CIM
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
TAC MicroNet Controller

LO
N
LO
N
Interface Module
LONWORKS Router 6
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.
interference that may cause undesired operation.
device may DECONNECTER
This device conforms with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This
not cause harmful interference,AVAN
DI SCONNECT POWER BEFORE S ERVI CI NG.

I NTERCONNECT SEPARATE CLASS 2 CI RCUI TS.
RI SK OF ELECTRI CAL SHOCK OR FI RE. DO NOT
C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This
DO1-DO4: 24VAC, 0.4A Max Total Load.

S-LK: 16VDC Max, Class 2.
T E
UI: 5VDC Max, Class 2.

Network
device
Ambient Temp: -40°C to +60°C

CAUTION
NTRETEN.
Power: 24VAC, 50/60Hz, Class 2,

must accept any interference received, including
(if required)
Regulating Equipment
N2223
Temperature indicating and
8.5VA + DO1-DO4 loads.
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
I/A
24VAC
DO1
Se
E9429
934G
MN rie
s®
T
80
I
M
X
0
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
24VAC
UI3
GND
0V
3 MNL-V1RVx or 4
MN 110 or MN 130 MNL-V2RVx MN 800 TAC MicroNet Sensor
Controller Controller Controller (MN-S3 Shown)
1 A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS network jack of a
LONWORKS controller or MN-Sxxx Wall Sensor. The PC must have an Echelon® LonTalk® adapter card.
2 Programming any of the TAC I/A Series controllers, or the TAC I/A Series MN 800 controller, requires WorkPlace Tech Tool.
3 This controller is not suitable for exposed mounting on a wall or panel, or in any other easily accessible place due to the
possibility of personal contact with the high-voltage terminals. It must be mounted inside a suitable grounded metal enclosure.
4 MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.
5 A PDA running the Pocket TAC I/A interface software may be used to communicate with TAC MicroNet I/A Series controllers.
6 When routers are used, WP Tech is able to communicate through them to any of the TAC I/A Series devices on the network.
TAC MicroNet Sensor MN 100, MN 150, or MN 110 or MN 130 MN 800

(MN-S5 Shown) MN 200 Controller Controller
3 Controller
4 I/A
MN
Se
80
0
rie
s®
not cause harmful interference,AVAN
DI SCONNECT POWER BEFORE SE RVI CI NG.

C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This

T E

device

CAUTION
NTRETEN.

N2223
Desktop PC with TAC I/A Series

DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
E9429
934G
T
I
M
X
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
Enterprise Server
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
24VAC
UI3
GND
LONWORKS
0V
Network
6 Router
Ethernet (if required)
CLO
SE
OP 24G
EN
SW 24G
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D CO
M
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
LO
N
LO
N
4
MNL-V1RVx or MNL-V3RVx TAC MicroNet Sensor
MNL-V2RVx or MN 50 (MN-S3 Shown)
UNC Controller Controller Controller
Figure-1 TAC I/A Series MicroNet MN 100, 150, and 200 Series Controller Connectivity.
Copyright © 2006, TAC TAC Distributed, manufactured, and sold by TAC. I/A Series
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are 1354 Clifford Avenue trademarks are owned by Invensys Systems, Inc. and are used
the property of their respective owners. Information contained PO Box 2940 on this product under master license from Invensys. Invensys
within this document is subject to change without notice. Loves Park, IL 61132-2940 does not manufacture this product or provide any product
All rights reserved. warranty or support. For service, support, and warranty infor-
www.tac.com mation, contact TAC at 1-888-444-1311.
F-26291-6
• •
TAC MicroNet™
MN 110 and 130 Series Controllers
The TAC I/A Series MicroNet 110 and 130 Controllers are programmable, interoperable
controllers designed in accordance with LonMark® guidelines. When programmed
using TAC WorkPlace Tech Tool (WP Tech), these controllers provide control for fan coil
and unit ventilator applications. These controllers feature: screw terminal blocks; three
universal inputs; three high-voltage relay outputs (only one for the MN 110); four 24 Vac
• One or three high-voltage relay outputs Triac (digital) outputs; and an S-Link interface for connection to an optional MN-Sx TAC
capable of directly powering typical 240 Vac, I/A Series MicroNet Sensor.
3 A motors.
The MN 110 and 130 controllers conform to the LonMark Fan Coil Unit functional
• Uses the LonMark Fan Coil Profile 8020 for
profile (8020), providing open communication and interoperability with third party
interoperability.
LonMark devices, and greater freedom in system design. These controllers can function
• Capability to function in standalone mode in standalone mode or as part of a LonWorks® TP/FT-10 Free Topology network.
or as part of a LonWorks TP/FT-10 Free
Topology communications network. Especially suitable for new or existing system installations, the MN 110 and 130
• Onboard LED indication without cover controllers provide control for fan coil units and unit ventilators with direct connection(s)
removal. to one, two, or three electrical loads such as fans, pumps, relays, or electric heat, at up to
240 Vac at 3 A.
• Compact size allows mounting in confined
spaces.
MN 110 and 130 controllers offer the advantages of either standalone or network
• Four 24 Vac Triac outputs. control. Support is also provided for an optional MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor
• Can be directly mounted on a wall, or on a (see the table, “Inputs from MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor,” on page 3, for
DIN rail, within a suitable grounded metal features).
enclosure. The TAC WorkPlace Tech Tool may be used to program the MN 110 and 130 controllers
through the LonWorks network jack on either the controller or a connected MN-Sx
• Built-in jack for connection to a LonWorks
sensor.
network.
Software Capabilities Table-1 Model Chart.
• Allows design of a complete custom
application for each controller.
Model Description Inputs/Outputs Profiles
• Conforms to the LonMark guidelines.

3 Universal Inputs (UI)
• TAC WorkPlace Tech Tool is capable of
reconfiguring and editing application TAC I/A Series MicroNet 1 Line Voltage Relay Output
configuration data. MNL-11RFx Fan Coil
MN 110 Controller (DO)
• Interoperability achieved through use of the
LonMark Fan Coil Profile 8020. 4 Triac Outputs (DO)
3 Universal Inputs (UI)
TAC I/A Series MicroNet 3 Line Voltage Relay Outputs

MNL-13RFx Fan Coil
MN 130 Controller (DO)
4 Triac Outputs (DO)

Table-2 Inputs from MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor.
Inputs Description MN-Sx Sensor
MN-S1, MN-S1HT, MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT,

Space Temperature 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5 and
MN-S5HT
MN-S1HT, MN-S2HT, MN-S3HT, MN-S4HT, MN-S4HT-FCS,
Space Humidity 5 to 95% RH, Non-condensing
and MN-S5HT
MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-
Adjustable Setpoint 40 to 95 °F (4 to 35°C)
S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
For standalone occupancy
control or remote status MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT,
Override Pushbutton
monitoring of local status MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
condition
Fan Operation and Fan mode selection: On, Speed MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and
Speed (Low/Medium/High), or Auto MN-S5HT
System mode selection: Heat,
System Mode MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
Cool, Off, or Auto
Emergency heat mode selection:
Emergency Heat MN-S5 and MN-S5HT
Enable or Disable
Communications
LonWorks Networks
A LonWorks communications network uses an TP/FT-10 Free Topology configuration. Controllers on a LonWorks net-
work can communicate with each other in a peer-to-peer fashion. A LonWorks network has a communications speed of
78k baud, using unshielded, twisted-pair cabling, with connections that are not polarity sensitive.
S-Link
The Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides power and a communication interface for an MN-Sx TAC I/A
Series MicroNet sensor. The various MN-Sx sensors can provide room temperature, room humidity, setpoint adjust-
ment, and occupancy override. This connection uses two-wire, unshielded cable and is not polarity sensitive. Maximum
wire length allowed between a controller and a TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor is 200 ft (61 m).
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Hardware Specifications Agenc y Listings Platinum
Dimensions FCC -40 to 240 °F (-40 to 116 °C), TAC
4.2 H x 6.1 W x 2 D in. (107 x 154.9 x Class B. model TSMN-58011, TS-5800 series or
50 mm). equivalent.
UL
Enclosure UL-873 (File #E9429) Recognized Com- 1K Resistance
Molded ABS plastic case. Fire resistant ponent. 0 to 1.5K ohms.
to UL94VO.
UL Recognized Canadian Component.. Analog Voltage
Power Supply Input Range 0 to 5 Vdc.
24 Vac +25/-15%, 50/60 Hz. Australia
Meets requirements to bear the C-Tick Analog Current
Maximum Power Consumption Mark. Range 0 to 20 mA requires an external
MNL-11RFx
European Community – EMC Directive 250 ohm shunt resistor.
20.5 VA @ 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz (8.5 VA
plus maximum DO1-DO4 total load of 89/336/EEC
Digital
0.5 A or 12 VA). EN61326.
Dry switched contact (N.O. or N.C.).
Low-Voltage Directive – 73/23/EEC Detection of closed switch requires
MNL-13RFx
EN60730-1. less than 300 ohms. Detection of open
21.5 VA @ 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz (9.5 VA
switch requires more than 1.5 K ohms.
plus maximum DO1-DO4 total load of Ambient Limits
0.5 A or 12 VA). Operating Temperature Line Voltage Relay Outputs
-40 to 131 °F (-40 to 55 °C). MNL-11RFx (1)
Surge Immunity Compliance
3 A maximum at 240 Vac, cos Ø = 0.4.
IEEE C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A & Shipping and Storage Temperature Form A (SPST — normally open).
B). -40 to 160 °F (-40 to 71 °C).
MNL-13RFx (3)
Mounting Humidity 3 A maximum at 240 Vac, cos Ø = 0.4.
Wall or 35 mm DIN rail, within a suit- 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Form A (SPST — normally open).
able grounded metal enclosure.
Wiring Terminals
Screw terminal blocks. Low voltage Triac Outputs (4)
screw terminals (all except high-volt- Digital outputs for switching 24 Vac
age terminals) accept a single AWG #18 (0.5 A or 12 VA maximum total load for
(0.823 mm2) or smaller wire. High-volt- DO1-DO4 @ 24 Vac).
age screw terminals (DO5, C5, DO6,
C6, DO7, and C7) accept a single AWG
#14 (2.08 mm2) or smaller wire. WARNING :
This controller is not suitable for ex-
Universal Inputs (3) posed mounting on a wall or panel, or in
Universal Input characteristics are soft- any other easily accessible place due to
ware-configured to respond to one of the possibility of personal contact with
the following input types: the mains terminals. It must be mounted
10K Thermistor with 11K Shunt Resistor inside a suitable grounded metal enclo-
Sensor operating range -40 to 250 °F sure.
(-40 to 121 °C), TAC model TSMN-
57011-850, TS-5700-850 series or
equivalent.
10K Resistance
0 to 10.5K ohms.
Balco
-40 to 250 °F (-40 to 121 °C), TAC
model TSMN-81011, TS-8000 series or
equivalent.
3
PDA
TAC MicroNet Sensor
Notebook PC with
TAC WorkPlace Tech MN 130 or MN 110 4 MNL-V3RVx
Tool Software Controller or MN 50 UNC Controller
1 2
3 Controller
not cause harmful interference,AVANT
DI SCONNECT POWER BE FORE SERVI CI NG.

I NTERCONNECT SEPARATE CLASS 2 C I RCUI TS.
RI SK OF ELECTRI CAL S HOCK OR FI RE. DO NOT
C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This device

E NTRETEN.
CAUTION

N2223
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
SW
E9429
24H
934G
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
MNL-CIM
T
I
M
X
24H 1
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
24G
R
S
LON
J1
GN
LON
AO
S-LK
D
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
UI
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
S-L
K/C DI
UI2
24VAC
OM
UI3
S-L
GND
K
0V
LO
N
LO
N
Interface Module
LONWORKS Router 6
Network (if required) I/A
MN
Se
rie
80
0
s®
MN 100, MN 150, or MNL-V1RVx or 4

MN 200 Controller MNL-V2RVx MN 800 TAC MicroNet Sensor
Controller Controller (MN-S3 Shown)
1 A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS® network jack of a
2 Programming any of the TAC I/A Series controllers, or the TAC I/A Series MN 800 controller, requires TAC WorkPlace Tech
Tool.
4 TAC MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.
TAC MicroNet Sensor MN 130 or MN 110 MN 800

(MN-S5 Shown) Controller MN 100, MN 150, or Controller
3 MN 200 Controller
I/A
4
Se
MN rie
80
0
s®

C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This device

ENTRETEN.
CAUTION

N2223
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
E9429
934G
TAC I/A Series

T
I
M
X
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
Enterprise Server
24VAC
UI3
LONWORKS
GND
0V
Network
6 Router
CLO
SE
(if required)
OP 24G
EN
SW 24G
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D CO
M
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
LO
N
Ethernet
LO
N
4
MNL-V1RVx MNL-V3RVx TAC MicroNet Sensor
or MNL-V2RVx or MN 50 (MN-S3 Shown)
UNC Controller Controller
Controller
Figure-1 TAC I/A Series MicroNet MN110 and 130 Controller Connectivity.
Copyright © 2006, TAC TAC Distributed, manufactured, and sold by TAC. I/A SERIES trademarks are owned
All brand names, trademarks and registered trademarks are 1354 Clifford Avenue by Invensys Systems, Inc. and are used on this product under master license
the property of their respective owners. Information contained PO Box 2940 from Invensys. Invensys does not manufacture this product or provide any
within this document is subject to change without notice. Loves Park, IL 61132-2940 product warranty or support. For service, support, and warranty information,
All rights reserved. contact TAC at 1-888-444-1311.
www.tac.com
F-27040-3
• •
TAC MicroNet 800

Series Controllers
The TAC I/A MicroNet 800 Series Controllers are programmable, interoperable,
LonWorks® based control devices.
The MN 800 Series Controller features eight universal inputs, four analog outputs, eight
digital outputs, a 5.1 volt reference, LED indication, and support for TAC MicroNet
• Complete user creation of custom control MN-Sx Sensor Link (S-Link) sensors. Additionally, network capability is provided through
strategies through TAC I/A Series WorkPlace the use of a FTT-10 transceiver allowing the controller to communicate to other devices
Tech Tool software adapts the MN 800 Se- as part of a LonWorks ® Free Topology Communications network. A direct connection
ries Controller to virtually any HVAC control to a WPA-LON WorkPlace Communication adapter and a PC with WorkPlace Tech Tool
sequence or mechanical system. software is necessary to download and modify applications.
• LonWorks compatible applications are com-
Designed for new or existing systems, the MN 800 Series Controller may be used in large
pletely programmable.
TAC I/A Series MicroNet Systems, as well as with stand alone applications. When pro-
• Backed-up time clock provides true stand- grammed using WorkPlace Tech Tool or loaded with a previously designed application, it
alone direct digital control with optimum provides control strategies for a wide variety of mechanical equipment. Typical applica-
start stop, scheduling functions, and backed- tions include central station air handlers, VAV air handlers, fan coil units, unit ventilators,
up RAM. and cooling towers.
• Functions as part of a LonWorks FTT-10 Free
Topology communications network. The WorkPlace Tech Tool software is used to program the controllers or to download
applications. The MN 800 Series Controller offers the advantages of standalone or
• Separate sensor bus (S-Link) supported to
networked control. Using a TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor (MN-Sx Series), the operator
facilitate communications to a TAC MicroNet
can monitor controller performance and edit operational values.
wall sensor.
• Provides basic trend of up to 24 points within Table-1 Model Chart.
the application. Trend maintains last 48
Backed-up Time Dimensions (in.)
analog samples or digital changes of state Model Mounting Type
Clock HxWxD
with time stamp. Analog sampling adjustable
time rates.
ENCL-MZ800-WAL Wall — 10-7/8 x 8-1/2 x 4-1/4
• WorkPlace Tech Tool is capable of reconfig-
uring and editing application configuration
data to fit a wide range of control require-
ENCL-MZ800-PAN Panel — 10-5/8 x 8-1/2 x 4-1/8
ments.
• Interoperability achieved using LonWorks MNL-800-101 Card Yes —
Standard Network Variable Types (SNVTs).
Table-2 Inputs from MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor.
Inputs Description MN-Sx Sensor
Space Temperature 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) MN-S1, MN-S1HT, MN-S2,

MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4,
MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS,
MN-S5 and MN-S5HT
Space Humidity 5 to 95% RH, Non-condensing MN-S1HT, MN-S2HT, MN-S3HT,

MN-S4HT, MN-S4HT-FCS, and
MN-S5HT
Adjustable Setpoint 40 to 95 °F (4 to 35°C) MN-S3, MN-S3HT, MN-S4, MN-S4HT,

MN-S4-FCS, MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5,
and MN-S5HT
Override Pushbutton For standalone occupancy MN-S2, MN-S2HT, MN-S3, MN-S3HT,

control or remote status MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and
monitoring of local status MN-S5HT
condition.
Fan Operation and Fan mode selection: On, Speed MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S4-FCS,
Speed (Low/Medium/High), or Auto. MN-S4HT-FCS, MN-S5, and MN-S5HT
System Mode System mode selection: Heat, MN-S4, MN-S4HT, MN-S5, and
Cool, Off, or Auto. MN-S5HT
Emergency Heat Emergency heat mode selection: MN-S5 and MN-S5HT

Enable or Disable
Communications
LonWorks Networks
A LonWorks communications network uses an FTT-10 Free Topology configuration.
Controllers on a LonWorks network can communicate with each other in a peer-to-
peer fashion. A LonWorks network has a communications speed of 78k baud, using
unshielded, twisted-pair cabling, with connections that are not polarity sensitive.
S-Link
A Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides power and a communication
interface for an MN-Sx TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor. The various MN-Sx sensors
can provide room temperature, room humidity, setpoint adjustment, and occupancy
override. This connection uses two-wire, unshielded cable and is not polarity sen-
sitive. Maximum wire length allowed between a controller and a TAC I/A Series
MicroNet Sensor is 200 ft (61 m).
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Microprocessor Ambient Limits Inputs (from TAC I/A Series
SAF-C161, 10 MHz clock speed, 16-bit Operating Temperature MicroNet Sensor)
word size. -40 to 140 °F (-40 to 60 °C). Space Temperature
32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C).
Memory Shipping and Storage Temperature
EPROM 512 kbytes. -40 to 160 °F (-40 to 71 °C). Space Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
RAM 128 kbytes. Humidity
5 to 95% RH, non-condensing. Adjustable Setpoints
EEPROM 32 kbytes.
40 to 95 °F (4.4 to 35 °C).
Backup Clock/RAM
Power Supply Input
3 days (rechargeable) at 77 °F (25 °C). Operational Mode
20.4 to 30 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
Heat/Cool/Auto/Off.
Backed-up Time Clock
Maximum Power Consumption
Accuracy +/-150 sec/mo at 77 °F (25 Override Pushbutton
20 VA at 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz.
°C). For stand-alone occupancy control or
Surge Immunity Compliance remote status monitoring of local status
Maximum Pulse Count Rate condition.
ANSI C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A &
10 per second (50 msec. minimum On
B).
or Off time per pulse) to 1 per 4 min- Emergency Heat Pushbutton
EN61000-4-5 Surges per EN50082-1. utes (IN1 only). Emergency heat mode selection. Enable
or disable.
Agenc y Listings 1 per second (0.5 sec. minimum On or
FCC Part 15, Class B. Off time per pulse) to 1 per 4 minutes Fan
(IN2 - IN8). High/Med/Low.
UL Listed to UL-916 (File # E71385
Category PAZX). Analog to Digital Conversion Resolution Universal Input
12 bit. Quantity 8.
CUL UL listed to Canadian Safety Stan-
dard (CAN/CSA C22.2). Analog Outputs 1K ohm Balco Input
Quantity 4. -40 to 250 °F (-40 to 121 °C) range.
Canadian Department of Communica-
TSMN Series or equivalent.
tions, Class B. Type
0-20 mA range programmable source 1K ohm Platinum Input
European Community – EMC Directive
into 80 to 550 ohm load, momentary -40 to 240 °F (-40 to 116 °C) range.
EN55022 (Emissions, Class A).
short circuit protection. TSMN Series or equivalent.
EN55014 (RF Disturbance due to
Digital to Analog Conversion Resolution 1K ohm Copper Input
switching devices as applied per
8bit. -31 to 240 °F (-35 to 116 °C) range TS-
EN50081-1).
5600 Series or equivalent.
Digital Outputs
EN60555-2 (AC Mains Power Line Har-
Quantity 8. 10K ohm Thermistor w/ 11K ohm Shunt
monics as applied per EN50081-1).
Resistor
EN60555-3 (AC Mains Power Line Volt- Contact Ratings -40 to 250 °F (-40 to 121 °C) range.
age-variation as applied per EN50081- 30 VA at 24 Vac, pilot duty. 120 VA at TSMN Series or equivalent.
1). 120 Vac, pilot duty.
Ohms
EN61000-4-2 (Electrostatic Discharge Contact Type 1000 ohm resistance (0-1500 ohm)
as applied per EN50082-1). Form C (SPDT) isolated. 10,000 ohm resistance (0-10,500 ohm).
EN61000-4-3 (RF Immunity as applied Status Indication Potentiometers

per EN50082-1). Light emitting diode. 1000 to 15000 ohm resistance using 5.1
volt reference.
EN61000-4-4 (Electrical Fast Transients Voltage Reference
as applied per EN50082-1). 5.1 Vdc, 20 mA maximum. Voltage
0 to 5 Vdc.
EN61000-4-5 (Surges as applied per Mounting Requirements
EN50082-1). ENCL-MZ800-WAL Current
NEMA 1 location. 0 to 20 mA requires an external 250
EN61000-4-6 (Radio frequency-com- ohm shunt resistor.
mon mode as applied per EN50082-1). ENCL-MZ800-PAN
Control compartment of controlled Digital Input
EN61000-4-11 (AC Mains Voltage Dips equipment. Dry Contact. Detection of closed switch
& Interruptions as applied per requires less than 300 ohm. Detection
EN50082-1). of open switch requires more than 1.5K
ohm.
3
PDA
TAC MicroNet Sensor
Notebook PC with
WorkPlace Tech 4 MNL-V3RVx
Tool Software 1 MN 100, MN 150, or UNC Controller
2 or MN 50
MN 200 Controller
Controller
SW
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
MNL-CIM
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K

LO
N
LO
N
Interface Module
LONWORKS Router 6

C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This device

Network

E NTRETEN.
CAUTION

(if required)
N2223
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
I/A
24VAC
DO1
Se
E9429
934G
MN rie
s®
T
80
I
M
X
0
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
24VAC
UI3
GND
0V
3 MNL-V1RVx or 4
MN 110 or MN 130 MNL-V2RVx MN 800 TAC MicroNet Sensor
Controller Controller Controller (MN-S3 Shown)
1 A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS network jack of a
4 TAC MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.
TAC MicroNet Sensor MN 100, MN 150, or MN 110 or MN 130 MN 800

3 Controller
I/A
4
Se
MN rie
80
0
s®
not cause harmful interference,A
DI SCONNECT POWER B EFORE SERVI CI NG.

I NTERCONNECT SEPAR ATE CLASS 2 CI RCUI TS .
RI SK OF ELECTRI CAL SHOCK OR FI R E. DO NOT
C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and
VA

(2)NT

This device

ENTRETEN.
CAUTION

N2223
Desktop PC with TAC I/A Series

DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
E9429
934G
T
I
M
X
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
Enterprise Server
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
24VAC
UI3
LONWORKS
GND
0V
Network
6 Router
Ethernet (if required)
CLO
SE
OP 24G
EN
SW 24G
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D CO
M
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
LO
N
LO
N
4
MNL-V1RVx or MNL-V3RVx TAC MicroNet Sensor
MNL-V2RVx or MN 50 (MN-S3 Shown)
Figure-1 TAC I/A Series MicroNet LONWORKS MN 800 Series Controller Connectivity.
within this document is subject to change without notice. does not manufacture this product or provide any product
Loves Park, IL 61132-2940
mation, contact TAC at 1-888-444-1311.
www.tac.com
F-26627-3
• •
TAC MicroNet™ Sensors

The TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensors (MN-Sxxx series) are a family of digital wall tem-
perature and humidity sensors for use with TAC I/A Series MicroNet controllers. These
sensors feature a Sensor Link (S-Link) communication protocol which provides a simple
two-wire interface for power and exchange of sensor and subbase information. Sub-
base information includes selecting occupancy override, fan speed, operating mode, or
emergency heat. Available in twelve models, MN-Sxxx series sensors provide an integral
analog-to-digital conversion for elimination of sensor-to-controller noise effects and wire
resistance offset.
Using the digital wall sensor, the operator can monitor performance and edit opera-
tional settings. MN-Sxxx series sensors are suitable for direct-wall, 2 x 4 electrical box,
• Contemporary, low-profile packaging. 1/4 DIN electrical box, or surface box mounting.
• Digital zone temperature indication (select-
The MN-Sxxx series sensor measures room conditions and transmits the information
able for 0.1 or 1 degree display resolution of
to the controller via the S-Link. A single sensor is connected directly to an application
°F or °C).
specific TAC I/A Series MicroNet controller via low-cost, unshielded, twisted-pair cable.
• Self-compensating temperature conversions The connection between the sensor and controller is not polarity-sensitive.
remove the need to calibrate over time.
• Digital zone humidity indication (selectable A convenient connection to the MicroNet LonWorks® network is provided as an option
for 0.1 or 1% RH display resolution). with each sensor in the series. If the LonWorks network wiring is connected to the sen-
sor, a PC running WorkPlace Tech Tool or a third party Network Management Tool can
• Long-life humidity sensing element with
be connected to the network at the sensor. This feature allows convenient access to the
excellent resistance to contamination and
MicroNet LonWorks network.
condensation.
• Pushbutton override capabilities allow occu- Table-1 Model Chart.
pants to switch to timed occupied mode for
Model
after hours operation.
Temperature Description Keypad Display
• Displays selected system values such as Temperature
and Humidity
setpoints, outdoor air temperature, and Sensor
Sensor
operating mode.
• Provides the ability to change operating MN-S1 MN-S1HT Sensor only None None
modes.
One LED Override Status
• Directly connects to selected TAC I/A Series MN-S2 MN-S2HT Sensor with override
button Indication
MicroNet controllers via low-cost, unshield-
a
ed, twisted-pair cable, which provides both Sensor with setpoint Digital LCD and
b b Three
power and communication. MN-S3 MN-S3HT adjustment and over- LED Override Status
button
ride Indication
• Separate wiring subbase and electronics. c
Sensor with setpoint, Digital LCD and
• LonWorks network jack for convenient b b Six-
MN-S4 MN-S4HT override, and controller LED Override Status
network access. button
mode functions Indication
• S-Link jack for Pocket TAC I/A access to the Sensor with setpoint, c
connected controller. b MN-S4HT- Six Digital LCD and LED
MN-S4-FCS b On/Off and Fan speed
FCS button Fan Status Indication
functions
Sensor with setpoint,
c
override, controller Digital LCD and LED
b b Seven
MN-S5 MN-S5HT mode functions, and Override and Emer-
button
emergency heat key/in- gency Heat Indication
dication
a
LCD displays value and setpoint.
b
Allows viewing of alarms and diagnostics.
c
LCD displays values, setpoints, and controller mode functions.
SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS
Digital Display (MN-S3xx, MN-S4xx Series and MN-S5xx Models only)
Custom field-configurable sensor displays.
Auto-ranging of displayed values.
Occupant command capabilities.
Adjustable minimum/maximum limit setpoint values.
Controller driven, automatically configured, customized display/command values

(Table-2).
Table-2 Typical MN-S3xx, -S4xx, or -S5xx Display/Change Values.

Model Family Value Display Change
S3xx, S4xx, S5xx Zone Temperature Yes No
S4xx, S5xx Outdoor Air Temperature Yes No
S4xx, S5xx Percent Humidity Yes No

a a
S3xx , S4xx , S5xx Heating Setpoint, Cooling Yes Yes
Setpoint, Unoccupied Heat,
Unoccupied Cool
b
S4xx, S5xx Mode Heating/Cooling/ Yes Yes
Auto/Off
S4xx, S5xx Fan (On/Speed (Low/Me- Yes Yes

dium/High), Auto
a
S3xx and S4xx-FCS models have a single setpoint.
b
S4xx-FCS models do not allow mode changes.
Communications
S-Link
Sensor Link (S-Link) communications wiring provides power and communication
interface to the TAC I/A Series MicroNet sensor (MN-Sxxx series). It uses two-wire,
unshielded cable and is not polarity sensitive. From some sensor models, the user can
view and adjust application parameters. Maximum wire length allowed between a
controller and the TAC I/A Series MicroNet Sensor is 200 ft. (61 m).
LonWorks Network
The LonWorks network wiring can be connected to the second set of terminals in
the sensor base. This optional connection allows convenient access to the LonWorks
network at the sensor.
2
SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature Sensor Agenc y Listings Units
Type FCC °F, °C, or %.
Precision thermistor. Class B.
Command Options (S4xx and S5xx
Range UL Listed Models)
32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C). UL-916 (File # E71385 Category PAZX). Varies with the controller application.
Humidity Sensor UL Listed to Canadian Safety Standards System Mode

Element (CAN/CSA C22.2). Heat/Cool/Off/Auto (except MN-S4xx-
Type Thermoset polymer capacitive FCS).
sensor. European Community – EMC Directive
89/336/EEC Fan Mode
Accuracy ±2% RH at 77 °F (25 °C). Emissions and Immunity EN61326 Off/On/Speed (Low, Medium, High)/
Auto.
Range
5 to 95%, non-condensing. Ambient Limits Override
Operating Temperature Occupied/Unoccupied (except MN-
Hysteresis 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C). S4xx-FCS).
±1.2% RH maximum.
Shipping and Storage Temperature Emergency Heat
Immersion -40 to 160 °F Enable/Disable (MN-S5xx models only).
Extended exposure to equal to or
greater than 90% RH causes a revers- Humidity
ible 3% shift. Sensor will recover from 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
short term exposure to liquid water or
condensation. Repeated exposure will
degrade the performance of the sensor. Wiring Terminals
Four (4) screw terminals. AWG #18 to
Dimensions #24 (0.823 mm2 maximum) wire.
4-21/32 H x 3 W x 1 D in
(118.5 x 76.2 x 24 mm). Display
Setpoints, input spans, and units vary
Enclosure with the controller application.
Conforms to NEMA-1 requirements.
Range
Surge Immunity Compliance -99 to 999 or -9.9 to 99.9.
IEEE C62.41 (IEEE-587, Category A &
B).
3
PDA
TAC MicroNet Sensor
(MN-S5 Shown) 5
Desktop PC or Notebook PC
4 MNL-V3RVx
with WorkPlace Tech Tool Software MN 110 or MN 130 UNC Controller
Controller or MN 50
1 2 Controller
3

C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This device

E NTRETEN.
CAUTION

N2223
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
SW
E9429
24H
934G
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
MNL-CIM
T
I
M
X
24H 1
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
24G
R
S
LON
J1
GN
LON
AO
S-LK
D
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
UI
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
S-L
K/C DI
UI2
24VAC
OM
UI3
S-L
GND
K
0V
LO
N
LO
N
Interface Module
LONWORKS Router 6
Network (if required) I/A
MN
Se
rie
80
0
s®
MN 100, MN 150, or MNL-V1RVx 4

MN 200 Controller or MNL-V2RVx MN 800 TAC MicroNet Sensor
Controller Controller (MN-S3 Shown)
1 A PC can be connected to the LONWORKS TP/FT-10 Network, either directly or through the LONWORKS® network jack of a
4 MicroNet Sensors can be connected to any MN controller.
6 When routers are used, WorkPlace Tech is able to communicate through them to any of the TAC I/A Series devices on the
network.
TAC MicroNet Sensor MN 100, MN 150, or MN 800

MN 110 or MN 130
Controller 3
I/A
4
Se
MN rie
80
0
s®

C5
DO5
DO5: 250VAC, 3A Max, COS f = 0.4.

and (2) This device

ENTRETEN.
CAUTION

N2223
DO4
24VAC
DO3
DO2
24VAC
DO1
E9429
934G
TAC I/A Series

T
I
M
X
V
C
E
R
C
V
SRVC
R
S
LON
J1
LON
S-LK
S-LK
COM 0V
COM 0V
UI1
MNL-11RF2
I/A Series
UI2
24VAC
UI3
Enterprise Server LONWORKS

GND
0V
Network
6 Router
CLO
SE
(if required)
OP 24G
EN
SW 24G
24H
SW 3
24H
SW 2
24H
24H 1
24G
GN AO
D CO
M
UI
S-L
K/C DI
OM
S-L
K
Ethernet
LO
N
LO
N
4
MNL-V1RVx MNL-V3RVx TAC MicroNet Sensor
or MNL-V2RVx or MN 50 (MN-S3 Shown)
within this document is subject to change without notice. does not manufacture this product or provide any product
mation, contact TAC at 1-888-444-1311.
www.tac.com
F-26290-7
TS-5700 Series
TAC
1354 Clifford Avenue TS-6700 Series
P. O. Box 2940
www.tac.com Electronic Remote Temperature Sensors
General Instructions
APPLICATION
Electronic thermistor sensing of temperature at remote
room locations, ducts, liquid lines, tanks, outdoor air, etc.
for microprocessor based energy management systems.
TS-5721-102
TS-5771
TS-6721
TS-6721-101
TS-5751 TS-6722-101
TS-6721-901*
TS-6722-901*
*AT-255 Bulb Well Included
TS-5721-110
TS-5722-110
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensing Element: Thermistor resistance, 10,000 ohms or 30,000 ohms (TS-6722-xxx series
only) at 77°F (25°C).
32 to 158 F° (0 to 70 C°).
Error ± 0.36 F° (0.2 C°) maximum.
Drift/Year 0.045 F° (0.025 C°) maximum.
Over Operating Temperature Limits.
Error ± 0.76 F° (0.42 C°) maximum except
± 0.36 F° (0.2 C°) maximum for TS-5771
Drift/Year 0.09 F° (0.05 C°) maximum
Nominal Resistance Values. See Table 3.
See Tables 1 through 3 for additional specifications.
ACCESSORIES
AT-211 Sun shield.
AT-215 Stainless steel bulb well for TS-6721.
AT-225 Stainless steel bulb well for TS-6721-101 and TS-6722-101.
AT-226 High pressure brass well.
M-500 Temperature conductive grease.
Printed in U.S.A. 1/07 Copyright 2007 TAC All Rights Reserved F-21733-5
Table-1 Specifications.
Dimensions
Part Mounting in. (mm)
Description Wiring Connections
Number Connection
Element Wiring Enclosure
Duct/ Flange, 1/4 (6) dia. x
TS-6721
Immersiona 1/4-in. NPTa 8 (203) lg. 2-7/8 H x 2-3/8 W x 1-1/2 D
TS-6721-101 b 1/4-in. NPT (73 x 60 x 30) with 2-1/2 (64)
Immersion 1/4 (6) dia. x 4 (102) lg.
TS-6722-101 Nutb Extension to Element. 12 in. (305 mm)
TS-6721-901 1/4-in. NPT 1/2-in Knockout (top). Brown Pigtail Leads
Immersion 1/4 (6) dia. x 4 (102) lg.
TS-6722-901 Nutc
TS-5721-110 Nylon Wire 1/4 (6) dia. x
Strap-On None
TS-5722-110 Tied 2-1/4 (57) lg.
1/4-in. Spade Connections
Mounting 5/16 (8) dia. x None (can be mounted in a NEMA
TS-5721-102 Duct (2 female connectors
Flange 7-3/4 (197) lg. Standard 5-16-1984 handy box)
provided)
1/2-in. 1-1/8 (29) dia. 3 ft. (0.9 m)
TS-5751 Outdoor None
Conduit x 5 (127) lg Brown Pigtail Leads
17/32-in.
1/4-in. Spade Connections
e (13.5 mm) 3/4 (19) dia. x
TS-5771 Unitary None (2 female connectors
dia. Mtg. 1-1/4 (32) lg.
provided)
Holee
a
Immersion requires AT-215 or AT-226 bulb well.
b
Immersion requires AT-225 bulb well.
c
AT -225 bulb well included.
d
Factory supplied 2-1/2 x 2 in. (64 x 51 mm) foam insulation tape and 30 in. (762 mm) nylon wire tie for 1-1/2 thru 8 in. (38 thru 203 mm) diameter pipes.
e
For mounting through fan coil of unit ventilator cabinet or similar application. Ambient humidity limits, 5 to 95% RH, non-condensing.
Table-2 Ambient Temperature Limits °F (°C).

Part Number Shipping & Storage Operating
TS-6721
TS-6721-101 -40 to 250 -40 to 250
TS-5721-110 (-40 to 121) (-40 to 121)
TS-6721-901
-40 to 160 -40 to 140
TS-5721-102
(-40 to 71) (-40 to 60)
TS-6722-101
-40 to 250 85 to 250
TS-5722-110
(-40 to 121) (29 to 121)
TS-6722-901
-40 to 220 -40 to 140
TS-5751
(-40 to 104) (-40 to 60)
-40 to 160 40 to 140
TS-5771
(-40 to 71) (4 to 60)
2 Copyright 2007 TAC All Rights Reserved F-21733-5

Table-3 Temperature VS. Resistance.
Nominal Resistance Values (in 1000 Ohms)
Temperature TS-6721
TS-6722-101
°F (°C) TS-6721-101 TS-5721-102
TS-5722-110
TS-5721-110 TS-6721-901
TS-6722-901
TS-5751 TS-5771
-40 (-40) 239.8
-22 (-30) 135.2
- 4 (-20) 78.91
14 (-10) 47.54
32 (0) 29.94
50 (10) 18.79
68 (20) 12.26
77 (25) 10.00 30.00
86 (30) 8.194 24.582
104 (40) 5.592 16.776
122 (50) 3.893 11.679
140 (60) 2.760 8.280
158 (70) 1.990 5.970
176 (80) 1.458 4.734
194 (90) 1.084 3.252
212 (100) 0.816 2.448
230 (110) 0.623 1.869
248 (120) 0.482 1.446
INSTALLATION
Inspection
Visually inspect the carton for damage. If damaged, notify the appropriate carrier
immediately. If undamaged, open the carton and visually inspect the device for obvious
defects. Return damaged or defective products.
Requirements
• Wiring diagrams
• Tools (not provided):
– DVM (digital volt/ohm meter)
– Appropriate screwdriver for mounting screws and terminal connections
– Appropriate drill and drill bit for mounting screws
• Appropriate accessories
• Mounting screws two #10 x 3/4” sheet metal, provided with TS-6721 and TS-5721-102
Precautions
WC A U T I O N
1. Installer must be a qualified, experienced technician.
2. Make all connections in accordance with the wiring diagram, and in accordance with
national and local electrical codes. Use copper conductors only.
Mounting
WC A U T I O N
Avoid locations where excessive vibration, moisture, corrosive fumes or vapors are
present.
F-21733-5 Copyright 2007 TAC All Rights Reserved 3

TS-6721 Duct
Duct/Immersion
Note: Hand tighten only - do not overtighten.
Sensors
1. Determine the sensor mounting location on the duct (predetermine the knockout hole
location for routing of conduit). The sensing element is located within 1 inch of the end of
the sensing probe, and it should be in the air stream at a location that is typical of the
temperature requiring sensing. Approximately 3" of length adjustment is available.
2. Use the mounting flange supplied as a template (or refer to Figure 1 for duct mounting
dimensions) for the mounting hole location.
3. Mount the sensor to the duct using the two #10 x 3/4-in. sheet metal screws provided.
1/4 (6) O.D.
3-25/64 2-5/16 (59)

(86)
8
(203)
2-1/2
2-1/2 1-5/8 (64)
(64) (41)
13 (330) Dimensions shown
are in inches (mm).
Figure-1 TS-6721 Mounting Dimensions.
Tee or Elbow for Mounting Well
Sensor Mounting Nut

Flow
Well
AT-215
Enclosure
Leave duct mounting flange off.

Figure-2 TS-6721 Immersion Mounting.
Immersion (Requires AT-215 Bulb Well)

Thread the sensor into AT-215 bulb well that has been installed in a liquid line or tank.
Note: The AT-215 bulb well should be filled with a temperature conductive grease prior to
element insertion, for optimum medium temperature sensing.
TS-5721-102 Duct 1. Determine the sensor mounting location on the duct. The sensing element is located
Sensors within 1 inch (25 mm) of the end of the sensing probe, and it should be in the air stream
at a location that is typical of the temperature requiring sensing.
2. Use the mounting flange supplied as a template (or refer to Figure 2 for duct mounting
dimensions) for the mounting hole location.

3. Mount the sensor to the duct using two #10 x 3/4-in. sheet metal screws provided.
13/16 7/8
7-3/4 (197)
(21) (22)
1-1/2 2-1/16
(38) (52)
5/16 (7.9) Dia. Insert
Side View
1/4 Spades
1/4 (6.4) Dia.
Mounting Holes (2)
Front View
Dimensions shown
are in inches (mm).
Figure-3 TS-5721-102 Mounting Dimensions.
TS-672X-101 and TS-6721-101 requires AT-225 bulb well to be purchased separately (see Figure-4).
TS-672X-901 Thread the sensor into AT 225 bulb well that has been installed in a liquid line or tank.
Immersion Sensors
Note: The AT-225 bulb well should be filled with a temperature conductive grease prior to
element insertion, for optimum medium temperature sensing.
Tee or Elbow for Mounting Well
Sensor Mounting Nut

Flow
Well
AT-225
Enclosure
Figure-4 TS-672x-101 and TX-672x-901 Immersion Mounting.
TS-5721-110 and Foam insulation tape should be taped over the sensor. Extend insulation beyond the ends
TS-5722-110 Strap-On of the sensor.
Sensors Secure sensor and foam insulation tape to pipe with wire tie (factory supplied) or metal hose
clamp (not included). See Figure-5.
WC A U T I O N
Do not tighten clamp or wire tie to the point of distorting the sensor. Overtightening
fasteners will cause a shift in sensed temperature.
Sensor Leads TS-5721-110 or

TS-5722-110 Sensor
Pipe
Foam Insulation Tape Wire Tie (factory supplied) or

Metal Hose Clamp (field supplied)
Figure-5 Typical TS-572x-110 Strap-On Sensor Installation.

TS-5751 OUTDOOR Mount sensor to waterproof conduit box using the 1/2-in. conduct connection (see Figure-6
AIR SENSOR and Figure-7).
Use sun shield if required by application (see Figure-8).
Fitting included for 1/2 in. Conduit
3/4
(19)
5 2 Brown Leads
(127) 3 ft. (0.9 m) in length
Dimensions shown
are in inches (mm).
Outside Wall
Knockouts
Waterproof Conduit Box

(outside)
TS-5701 Sensor
Figure-7 TS-5751 Typical Mounting.
TS-5751 Sensor
Figure-8 TS-5751 Mounted with Shield.
TS-5771 Unitary 1. Determine the sensor mounting location.

Sensor 2. Drill 17/32-in. (13.5 mm) diameter mounting hole.
3. Insert gasket to base of sensor "button".
4. Insert sensor with gasket into mounting hole.
5. Secure sensor to mounting flange by inserting Tinnerman nut over back of sensor.
6. Two crimp wire receptacles are provided for spade terminal connection to field wiring.
See Figure-9.

3/64 x 3/16
(1.2 x 4.8) 1-3/16 (30)
Requires 1/4 (6)
17/32 (13.5) Dia. Tabs (2)
5/32 (4.0)
Mounting Hole
13/16
1/2 1/2 (21)
(12) (12)
Dimensions shown
are in inches (mm).
Mounting Duct
Sensor Using Existing Table-4 Applicable Models.
Mounting Plate New Part Number Old Part Number
TS-6721 TS-5721
TS-6721-101 TS-5721-101
TS-6721-901 TS-5721-901
TS-6722-101 TS-5722-101
TS-6722-901 TS-5722-901
When a duct sensor is being replaced at a location where an existing mounting hole size
exceeds the coverage of the adaptor flange, use the existing mounting plate as follows:
1. Remove the existing unit from the duct. Note location of the unit’s conduit hole.
2. Remove (and set aside for later use) the conduit nut securing the mounting plate to the
sensor.
3. Remove the mounting plate from the old sensor.
4. Place the mounting plate on the new sensor and secure with the conduit nut removed
from the old sensor. Do not include the plastic adaptor flange.
5. When mounting the sensor to the duct, be sure the conduit hole is located appropriately.
Conduit Nut
Mounting Plate
Adaptor Flange
Figure-10 Mounting Duct Sensor Using Existing Mounting Plate.

WIRING
Two conductor twisted wires (six turns per foot). Class II, low voltage, are suitable for the
sensor leads except as stated below.
WC A U T I O N
Shielded cable must be used when it is necessary to install the sensor lead in the same
conduit with power wiring, or when it is known that high RFI/EMI generating devices are
near. System Ground the shield per the controller manufacturer’s specifications.
It is generally advisable to use flexible conduit to connect enclosure to rigid conduit.

Restrict element lead to shortest length practical (see Table 4).
To Energy Management
System Sensor Input
1/4" Spades Two Brown Leads

(TS-5771)
Figure-11 Sensor Connections.
Table-5 Sensor Wiring Lengths.

Length of Run
Wire Gauge ft. (m)
Sensor to Energy Management Systems
22 150 (46)
18 1000 (305)
16 2250 (686)
14 4000 (1219)
MAINTENANCE
Regular maintenance of the total system is needed to assure sustained optimum
performance. Sensors should be periodically inspected for dirt or blockage of air over the
elements.
FIELD REPAIR
These sensors are not field repairable. Replace the sensor with a functional unit.
Copyright 2007, TAC TAC

All brand names, trademarks and registered 1354 Clifford Avenue
trademarks are the property of their respective P.O. Box 2940
owners. Information contained within this Loves Park, IL 61132-2940
document is subject to change without notice.
F-21733-5
www.tac.com
CURRENT MONITORING
Hawkeye® The Hawkeye 600/800 Series go/no current

switches provide a cost-effective solution for
On/off status for direct-drive fans, pumps, and
process motors
600/800 monitoring status on unit vents, exhaust fans,

recirculation pumps and other fixed loads where
 More reliable for status than relays across
auxiliary contacts
belt loss is not a concern.  Ideal for direct-drive units, unit vents, fan coil units,
exhaust fans and other fixed loads
Mini Solid & Split-Core  Great for lighting status–less expensive than 277V
Fixed Setpoint APPLICATIONS relays
10 Digital Output  Monitoring on/off status of electrical loads  Low 0.5A turn-on…ideal for small exhaust fans (Not
intended to detect belt loss)
 Monitoring direct drive units, exhaust fans
and other fixed loads  Mounting bracket provides installation flexibility
 Verifying lighting run times
Monitor status of fans, pumps, motors & other
electrical loads
 Split-core 600 for fast retrofit installation
 Mini solid-core 800 fits in tight enclosures
 100% solid-state, no moving parts to fail
 Polarity insensitive output
 5 year limited warranty
Maximize Reliability,  Made in USA
Minimize Installed Cost
ORDERING INFORMATION
See page 124 (H500) for Start/Stop & Status of fractional
HP loads
AMPERAGE OUTPUT RATING

H800 Mini MODEL RANGE OUTPUT TYPE (MAX.)
Solid-Core
H800 0.5 - 200A N.O., Solid-state 1.0A@30VAC/DC
H800HV 0.75 - 200A N.O., Solid-state .5A@250VAC/DC
H800NC 0.5 - 200A N.C., Solid-state .1A@30VDC
Split-Core
H600 0.75 - 200A* N.O., Solid-state 1.0A@30VAC/DC
*See temperature specifications on next page
ACCESSORIES
H600 Mini Split-core MODEL DESCRIPTION
LOW-COST STATUS! H700/900-DIN DIN Rail Clip Set compatible with all split-core models
CURRENT MONITORING ©2002 VERIS INDUSTRIES 800.354.8556

CURRENT MONITORING
APPLICATIONS/WIRING EXAMPLE DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS

H600
DIGITAL CONTROL
��
POWER
SOURCE
DI
��
��
��
��
��
Por
Haw
k
IES 23
USTR 972 56
60
INDOregon 354-85
VERIStland, 1-800-
eye
®
0
DI ��
600
��
��
11
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
POWER ��
SOURCE ��
��
Unit Vent Heater

H800
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
SPECIFICATIONS ��
Amperage Range Fixed 0.5 to 200A (H800), 1 to 135A (H600) ��
Sensor Power Induced
Output Digital switch (see ordering table)
Insulation Class 600VAC rms
Frequency Range 50/60Hz.
Temperature Range (H800) -15º to 60ºC. Use min. 75ºC insulated conductor
(H600) 15º to 40ºC (151-200A)*; -15º to 60ºC (0-150A)
Humidity Range 0 - 95% non-condensing
Trip Setpoint Fixed 0.5A H800, 1A H900
Hysteresis 10% typical
Dimensions (H600)…(L x W x H) (2.34" x 2.0" x .92")
Sensor Hole Size (H600)…(L x W ) .52" x .68"
Dimensions (H800)…(L x W x H) 2.77" x 1.80" x 1.02"
Sensor Hole Size (H800) 0.71" diameter
CURRENT MONITORING ©2002 VERIS INDUSTRIES 800.354.8556

Damper Actuators and Accessories
Damper Actuators
Features
• Wide range of models.
• Spring return and non-spring return models.
• 30 to 300 lb-in of torque.
• Two-position, floating, or proportional control.
• NEMA 2 or 4.
Table of Contents
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Mx40-7043 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MX41-7073 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mx41-7153 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Mx40-717x Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Mx41-6043 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Mx41-6083 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Mx41-6153 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mx41-634x Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mx4D-x033-100 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mx4D-60x3-100 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
MF4E-60x30-100 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Damper Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Accessories Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
All specifications are nominal and may change as design improvements are introduced. TAC shall not be liable for damages
resulting from misapplication or misuse of its products.
F-27411-2 © Copyright 2007 TAC. All Rights Reserved 9

Actuator Product Range
Spring Return
Damper Actuators
Actu
Running Time (Sec.)

Output Torque lb-in
Type of Control
ator
Power Input
Feed Back
Power Prod
Spring Return Rotation

uct
Auxiliary Switch
Page Number
24 Vac ± 20%, 20-30 Vdc
24 Vac ± 20%, 22-30 Vdc

2-10 Vdca Proportional
Running
Holding
120 Vac ± 10 %
Spring Return
24 Vac ± 20 %
Two- Position
Max Stall
Powered
2-10 Vdc
0-10 Vdc
Floating
Min
VA
0-10 Vdc
4-20 mA
W
MA4D-7033-100 • • CCW
• • 5.1 <56 <23
MA4D-8033-100 CW
MF4D-7033-100 • • • CCW
• • •
6.8 4.2 1.9
MF4D-8033-100 CW
MS4D-7033-100 • • •
MS4D-7033-150
30
• • • CCW
20
MS4D-7033-160 • • • 85 21
MS4D-8033-100 • • • 6.1 3.4 1.4
MS4D-8033-150 • • • CW
MS4D-8033-160 • • •
MA40-7043 • •
150
• • 4.4 2.9 0.8 <50 <28
MA40-7043-501 1
MF40-7043 • •
35
• • 5.9 4.4 2.9 12
MF40-7043-501 1
120
• • •
<130 <25
MS40-7043
• • • 5.6 4.2 2.4
MS40-7043-501 1
MA41-7073 • •
MA41-7073-502
250
• • 4.8 3.2 0.8 <80 <40
2
MF41-7073 • •
MF41-7073-502
60 160
• • 6.2 4.8 2.8
2
13
MS41-7073 • • • • <195 <30
• • • •
25 5.8 4.6 2.3 CW/
MS41-7073-502 2
CCW
MA41-7153 • •
MA41-7153-502
350
• • 7.5 2.8
2
MF41-7153 • •
• •
133 9.7 7.7 3.2 <190 <30 14
MF41-7153-502 2
MS41-7153
300
• • •
• • • 7.4 2.9
MS41-7153-502 2
MA40-7170 • • 11.4 7.2 9.4
MS40-7170 • • • 11.1 7.1
MA40-7173 150 450 • • 9.6 5.4 4.1 <145 <145 15
MF40-7173 • • 10 5.5
MS40-7173 • • • 9.4 7.1
a
Proportional models with a 2-10 Vdc control signal will accept a 4-20 mA signal with the use of a 500 ohm resistor.
10 © Copyright 2007 TAC. All Rights Reserved F-27411-2

Actuator Product Range
Non-Spring Return
Actuat
Damper Actuators
or
Running Time (Sec.)

Output Torque lb-in
Auxiliary Switch
Type of Control
Produc
Power Input
Feed Back
t Power
Page Number
Proportional
SPDT, 6A, Resistive, 24 Vac

24 Vac ± 20% or 20-30 Vdc
Running
Holding
24 Vac 4A Resistive
0-1000 ohm <10 mA
24 Vac + 20% -15 %
120 Vac ± 10 %
24 Vac ± 20 %
Max Stall
Powered
2-10 Vdc
0-10 Vdc
Floating
Min
VA
2-10 Vdca
0-10 Vdc
4-20 mA
W
MF41-6043 • •
MF41-6043-510 • • • 2.3 90
MF41-6043-502 • • 2
MS41-6043 35 • • • • 16
MS41-6043-520 • • • •
• • • • 3.3 90
MS41-6043-522
• • • • 2
MS41-6043-502
MF4D-6043-100 • • • 4.4 2.7 1.7
MS4D-6043-100 • • •
MS4D-6043-150 35 • • • 4.2 2.2 1.2
85 21
MS4D-6043-160 • • •
MF4E-60430-100 • • •
• • • 2.0 2 90 22
MF4E-60830-100
MF4D-6083-100 • • • 5.9 3.6 1.6
MS4D-6083-100 70 • • •
MS4D-6083-150 • • • 5.2 2.7 1.4
85 21
MS4D-6083-160 • • •
MF41-6083 • •
MF41-6083-510 • • • 2.3
MF41-6083-502 • • 2
MS41-6083 70 • • • • 17
MS41-6083-520 • • • •
• • • • 3.3 125
MS41-6083-522 2
MS41-6083-502 • • • • 2
MF41-6153 • • 3 3
MS41-6153 133 • • • • 4 18
MS41-6153-502 • • • • 5 4
1 2
MF41-6343 • • 7.1 3.8 3.6
MS41-6343 300 600 • • <145 19
MS41-6340 • • 8 10
a
Proportional models with a 2-10 Vdc control signal will accept a 4-20 mA signal with the use of a 500 ohm resistor.

Mx40-7043 Series TAC DuraDrive™
Spring Return Actuator
35 in-lb (4 Nm) minimum torque
Damper Actuators
Torque: 35 lb-in (4 Nm) minimum.

Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
Rotation: CW or CCW spring return using reverse mounting.
Control Action: Direct/reverse signal selection MS40 only.
Shaft Size: 5/8-in. (15.9 mm) diameter, 1/2-in. (13 mm) square.
Housing: NEMA 2 (IEC IP54) with conduit connector in the down
position.
Dimensions: 6-51/64 H x 4 W x 3-1/2 D in. (68 x 100 x 89 mm) TAC
Overload Protection: Throughout rotation. Dur
Angle of Rotation: 95° nominal (adjustable 40 to 95°).
Position Indication: Visual indicator. aDri
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: 1 - SPDT 6A on MA40-7043-501, MF40-7043-501,
MS40-7043-501.
ve ®
Override: No manual override.
General Instructions: MA40-7043: Refer to F-26642.
MF40-7043: Refer to F-26644. Mx40-
MS40-7043: Refer to F-26645.
7043
Wiring Diagrams: MA40-7043: Refer to Figure 11 on page 176.
US MF40-7043: Refer to Figures 21, 23 and 24 on pages 179 Series
LISTED to 181.
MS40-7043: Refer to Figures 40 to 42 on pages 188 to Spring
189. Return
Agency Listing: UL-873. Actuator
EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Low Voltage Directive
(72/23/EEC).
UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93.
Australia C-Tick.
Actuator Inputs Outputs Approximate Timing in Weight

Seconds
Part Number VA @ Auxiliary lbs
Control Voltage Feedback Spring
60 Hz Switch Powered
Return (kg)
MA40-7043 No
2-Position 4.4 <50 <26 35 in-lb (4
MA40-7043-501 One Nm)
None
MF40-7043 No minimum
Floating 24 Vac ± 20% 5.9 4.3
MF40-7043-501 22-30 Vdc One (1.9) torque
<130 <25
MS40-7043 Proportional No
2-10 Vdc 5.6 2-10 Vdc
MS40-7043-501 4-20 mA a One
a
With the addition of a 500 ohm resistor.
See Accessories section for compatible accessories.

TAC DuraDrive™ Mx41-7073 Series
Damper Actuators
DuraD Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
rive ® Control Action: Direct/reverse signal selection MS41 only.
Shaft Size: 3/4-in. (19 mm) diameter, 1/2-in. (13 mm) square.
Housing: NEMA1, NEMA 2 (IEC IP54) with conduit connector in the
down position.
Dimensions: 10-1/2 H x 4 W x 3-1/2 D in. (287 x 100 x 89 mm)
Overload Protection: Throughout rotation.
Angle of Rotation: 93° nominal.
Position Indication: Pointer and scale.
US
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: Two SPDT 7A on MA41-7073-502, MF41-7073-502,
MS41-7073-502 only.
Override: Manual.
Motor Type: All brushless DC except MA41-7073 -brush.
Mx41- MA41-7073: Refer to F-26642.
General Instructions:
7073 MF41-7073: Refer to F-26644.
MS41-7073: Refer to F-26645.
Series Wiring Diagrams: MA41-7073: Refer to Figure 12 on page 176.
Spring MF41-7073: Refer to Figures 21 to 24 on pages 179 to 181.
MS41-7073: Refer to Figure 55 to 57 on pages 194 to 195.
Return UL-873.
Agency Listing:
Actuator EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Low Voltage Directive
(72/23/EEC).
Australia C-Tick.
Actuator Inputs Outputs Approximate Timing in

Seconds Weight
Part Number VA @ Auxiliary
Control Voltage Feedback Spring lbs (kg)
Return
MA41-7073 No 6.8 (3.1)
60 in-lb (7 2-Position 4.8 <80 <40
Nm) MA41-7073-502 Two 7.0 (3.2)
None
minimum MF41-7073 Floating No 6.5 (2.9)
24 Vac ± 20% 6.2
torque MF41-7073-502 24 Vac 22-30 Vdc Two 7.0 (3.2)
<195 <30
MS41-7073 2-10 Vdc No 6.5 (2.9)
4-20 5.8 2-10 Vdc
MS41-7073-502 mAdc a Two 7.0 (3.2)
a
With the addition of a 500 ohm resistor.

Damper Actuators

Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) Appliance cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
Dura
Control Action: Direct/reverse signal selection MS41 only. Driv
Shaft Size: Up to 3/4-in. (19 mm) round, 1/2-in. (13 mm) square
standard. Accessories enable larger sizes up to 1.05-in.
(26.7 mm) round.
e®
Housing: Die cast rated NEMA 2/IP54 with conduit connector in the
down position.
Dimensions: 10-1/2 X 4 x 3-1/2 in. (287 x 100 x 89 mm)
Angle of Rotation: 95o nominal.
US
Position Indication: Position indicator.
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: 2 x SPDT. One at + 5°, one adjustable 25 to 85o.
Override: Manual.
Motor Type: Brushless motor.
General Instructions: Refer to F-26642. Mx41-
Wiring Diagrams: MA41-7153: Refer to Figure 12 on page 176. 7153
MF41-7153: Refer to Figures 21 to 23 on page 179 to 180.
MS41-7153: Refer to Figures 55 to 57 on pages 194 to 195. Series
Agency Listing: UL-873 Spring
EMC Directive (89/336/EEC), Low Voltage Directive
(72/23/EEC). Return
UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No 24-93. Actuator
Australia C-Tick.

Seconds Weight
Return
MA41-7153 No 133 in-lb
2-Position
MA41-7153-502 Two (15 Nm)
None minimum
MF41-7153 24 Vac ± 20% No
Floating 9.7 <190 <30 7.5 (3.4) torque
MF41-7153-502 22-30 Vdc Two
MS41-7153 No
2-10 Vdca 2-10 Vdc
MS41-7153-502 Two
a
4-20 mA with 500 ohms.

TAC DuraDrive™ Mx40-717x Series
Damper Actuators
DuraD Connections: 2 ft. (61 cm) Appliance cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
rive ® Shaft Size: Standard: 3/8 to 1/2-in. (10 to 13 mm) round or square.
Optional: 1.05-in. (26.1 mm) diameter, 5/8-in. (15.9 mm)
square.
Housing: NEMA 1, NEMA 4 (IEC IP56) with customer supplied water
tight connector.
Dimensions: 10-7/8 H x 4 W x 4 D in. (276 x 100 x 100 mm)
Position Indication: Visual indicator.
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: None.
Override: None.
Motor Type: Brushless DC.
Mx40- US
General Instructions: MA40-717x: Refer to F-26742.
MF40-7173: Refer to F-26749.
717x MS40- 717x: Refer to F-26748.
Series Wiring Diagrams: MA40-717x: Refer to Figure 10 on page 175.
MF40-7173: Refer to Figures 17 to 18 on page 178.
Spring MS40-717x: Refer to Figures 45 to 48 on pages 190 to
Return 192.
Agency Listing: UL-873.
Actuator EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Low Voltage Directive
(72/23/EEC).
Austrailia C-Tick.

Seconds Weight
Return
MA40-7170 120 Vac ± 10% 11.4
2-Position
150 in-lb MA40-7173 9.6
24 Vac ± 20%
(17 Nm) MF40-7173 Floating 10.0
None No <145 10.5 (4.8)
minimum 2-10 Vdc
torque MS40-7170a 120 Vac ± 10% 11.1
4-20 mAdcb
MS40-7173 2-10 Vdc 24 Vac ± 20% 9.4
a
The CE Directive is not applicable to this model.
b With the addition of a 500 ohm resistor.

Non-Spring Return Actuator
Damper Actuators

Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) long, 18 AWG leads, plenum-rated.
Rotation: 90° CW or CCW field selectable.
Shaft Size: 3/8 to 5/8-in. (10 to 15.9 mm) diameter, 1/4 to 1/2-in. (6.4
to 13 mm) square, 9/16-in. (14.3 mm) hex.
90
Housing: NEMA 2, IP54 to EN60529 with conduit in the down

position.
45
90
Dimensions: 5-7/16 H x 2-3/4 W x 2-3/8 D in. (140 x 70 x 60 mm)
Overload Protection: Throughout the rotation.
Angle of Rotation: 90° nominal (field adjustable to limit travel on either end of
stroke).
Du Position Indication: Adjustable pointer.
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: Two SPDT on MF41-6043-502, MS41-6043-522,
a MS41-6043-502 only.
Override: Manual. Mx41-
Dri US
General Instructions: MF41-6043: Refer to F-27213. 6043
ve ®
LISTED
MS41-6043: Refer to F-27214.
MF41-6043: Refer to Figure 19 on page 178.
Series
Wiring Diagrams:
MS41-6043: Refer to Figures 49 to 50 on page 192. Non-
Agency Listing: UL-873. Spring
EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Emissions (EN50081-1).
Immunity (EN50082-2). Return
UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93. Actuator
Actuator Inputs Outputs Approximate

Timing in Weight
Part Number VA @ Auxiliary Seconds
Control Voltage Feedback lbs (kg)
60 Hz Switch
Powered
MF41-6043 None No
35 in-lb (4
MF41-6043-510 Floating 2.3 0 to 1000 K No Nm)
MF41-6043-502 None Two minimum
MS41-6043 24 Vac torque
0-10 Vdc No <90 1.06 (0.5)
+20%-15%
MS41-6043-520 0-10 Vdc No
3.3 0-10 Vdc
MS41-6043-522 adjustable Two
MS41-6043-502 0-10 Vdc Two

TAC DuraDrive™ Mx41-6083 Series
Damper Actuators
DuraD Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) long, 18 AWG leads, plenum-rated.
Rotation: 90° CW/CCW field selectable.
rive ® Shaft Size: 3/8 to 5/8-in. (10 to 15.9 mm) diameter, 1/4 to 1/2-in.
(6.4 to 13 mm) square, 9/16-in. (14.3 mm) hex.
90
Housing: NEMA 2, IP54 to EN60529 with conduit in the down
position.
45 Dimensions: 5-7/16 H x 2-3/4 W x 2-3/8 D in. (140 x 70 x 60 mm)
90
Overload Protection: Throughout the rotation.
stroke).
Position Indication: Adjustable pointer.
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: Two SPDT on MF41-6083-502, MS41-6083-522,
MS41-6083-502 only.
Override: Manual.
General Instructions: MF41-6083: Refer to F-27213.
Mx41- LISTED
US
MS41-6083: Refer to F-27214.
6083 Wiring Diagrams: MF41-6083: Refer to Figure 19 on page 178.
MS41-6083: Refer to Figures 49 to 50 on page 192.
Series UL-873.
Agency Listing:
Non- EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Emissions (EN50081-1).
Immunity (EN50082-2).
Spring UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93.
Return
Actuator
Timing in Weight
60 Hz Switch
Powered
MF41-6083 None No
MF41-6083-510 Floating 2.3 0 to 1000 K No
MF41-6083-502 None Two
70 in-lb (8 24 Vac
MS41-6083 0-10 Vdc No <125 1.06 (0.5)
Nm) +20%-15%
minimum MS41-6083-520 0-10 Vdc No
adjustable 3.3 0-10 Vdc
torque MS41-6083-522 Two
MS41-6083-502 0-10 Vdc Two
.

Damper Actuators
Torque: 133 lb-in. (15 Nm).

Connections: 3 ft. (0.9 m) long, 18 AWG leads
Rotation: CW/CCW through reverse mounting.
Shaft Size: 1/4 to 3/4-in. (6.4 to 19 mm) dia., 1/4 to 1/2-in. (6.4 to 13
mm) sq.
Housing: NEMA Type 1, IP54 according to EN 60 529.
stroke).
Position Indication: Adjustable pointer.
Du US Built-in Auxiliary Switches: Dual SPDT auxiliary switches available on
MS41-6153-502 only.
ra Override: Manual.
Dri General Instructions: Refer to F-27215.
Wiring Diagrams: MF41-6153: Refer to Figure 20 on page 179. Mx41-
ve ® MS41-6153: Refer to Figures 51 to 52 on page 193.
6153
EMC Directive (89/336/EEC). Emissions (EN50081-1). Series
Immunity (EN61000-6-2).
UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93. Non-
Spring
Return
Weight
Actuator
Timing in
60 Hz Switch
Powered
MF41-6153 Floating None
No
MS41-6153 24 Vac + 20% - 15% 3.0 <125 (60 Hz) 2.2 (1)
0 to 10 Vdc 0 to 10 Vdc
MS41-6153-502 2
133 in-lb
(15 Nm)
See Accessories section for compatible accessories. minimum
torque

TAC DuraDrive™ Mx41-634x Series
Damper Actuators
DuraD Connections: 2 ft. (61 cm) Appliance cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
Rotation: CW or CCW available through reverse mounting.
rive ® Shaft Size: 3/8 to 1/2-in. (10 to 13 mm) round or square shafts
standard.
Housing: NEMA 1, NEMA 4 (IEC IP56) with customer-supplied
water tight connector or plug.
Dimensions: 10-7/8 H x 4 W x 4 D in. (276 x 100 x 100 mm)
Position Indication: Position indicator.
US
Override: Manual.
LISTED
Motor Type: Brushless motor.
General Instructions: MF41-6343: Refer to F-26744.
MS41-6343: Refer to F-26745.
Mx41- Wiring Diagrams: MF41-6343: Refer to Figure 17 on page 178.
MS41-6343: Refer to Figures 53 to 54 on pages 193 to
634x 194.
Series Agency Listing: UL-873.
Non- (72/23/EEC).
Spring UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93.
Australia C-Tick.
Return
Actuator Actuator Inputs Outputs Approximate
Timing in Weight
60 Hz Switch
Powered
MF41-6343 Floating 24 Vac ± 20% 7.1
MS41-6340 2-10 Vdc 120 Vac ± 10% None No <145 10.5 (4.8)
4-20 8.0
MS41-6343 mAdca 24 Vac ± 20%
300 in-lb
(34 Nm) a
With the addition of a 500 ohm resistor (AM-708).
minimum
torque

Mx4D-x033-100 Series TAC DuraDrive™
Damper Actuators
Torque: 30 lb-in (3.4 Nm) minimum.

Connections: 10 ft. (3 m) plenum cable, 1/2-in. conduit connectors.
Rotation: CW or CCW spring return models.
Shaft Size: Up to 1/2 in. (13 mm)
Housing: NEMA 1, NEMA 2, UL Type 2 (IEC IP54).
Overload Protection: Throughout stroke.
Position Indication: Position scale.
Eco Built-in Auxiliary Switches: None.
Override: Manual.
noD General Instructions: Refer to F-27170.
ive Wiring Diagrams: MA4D-x033: Refer to Figure 13 on page 176.
MF4D-x033: Refer to Figures 25 to 28 on pages 181 to
™ US
183.
LISTED MS4D-x033: Refer to Figures 58 to 59 on page 196. Mx4D-
Agency Listing: UL-873. x033-
(72/23/EEC). This product fits in installation Category 100
(Overvoltage Category) II per EN 61010-1. Series
Australia C-Tick. Spring
Return
A t t
Actuator Inputs Outputs Approximate Timing
SR in Seconds Weight
Rotationa Control Voltage Feedback Spring
60 Hz Switch Powered lbs (kg)
Return
MA4D-7033-100 CCW
2-Position 5.1 None <56 <23
MA4D-8033-100 CW 24 Vac ± 20%
MF4D-7033-100 CCW 20-30 Vdc
Floating 6.8
MF4D-8033-100 CW
MS4D-7033-100 2-10 Vdcb
No 4.2 (2)
MS4D-7033-150 CCW 0-10 Vdc 2-10 30 in-lb
<85 <21
MS4D-7033-160 4-20 mAdc Vdc (3.4 Nm)
24 Vac ± 20%
6.1 minimum
MS4D-8033-100 2-10 Vdcb 22-30 Vdc
torque
MS4D-8033-150 CW 0-10 Vdc
MS4D-8033-160 4-20 mAdc
a
As viewed from cover side.
b
4 to 20 mA with the addition of a 500 ohm resistor (AM-708).

TAC DuraDrive™ MS4D-60x3-100 Series
35 or 70 in-lb (4 or 8 Nm) minimum torque
Damper Actuators
Torque: 35 or 70 lb-in (4 or 8 Nm) minimum.
Econo Connections: 10 ft. (3 m) plenum cable, 1/2 in. conduit.
Rotation: CW or CCW field selectable.
Drive ™ Shaft Size: Up to 1/2-in. (13 mm) diameter.
Housing: NEMA 1, NEMA 2, UL Type 2 (IEC IP54).
Overload Protection: Throughout stroke.
Position Indication: Position scale.
Built-in Auxiliary Switches: None.
Override: Manual.
General Instructions: Refer to F-27170.
Wiring Diagrams: Refer to Figures 58 to 59 on page 196.
US
MS4D- LISTED UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93.
EMC Directive (89/336/). Low Voltage Directive
60x3- (72/23/EEC). This product fits in installation Category
(Overvoltage Category) II per EN 61010-1.
100 Australia C-Tick.
Series
Non-
Spring Weight
Timing in
Return Torque
Part Number VA @ Auxiliary in-lb (Nm) Seconds
Actuator Control Voltage Feedback lbs (kg)
60 Hz Switch
Powered
35 or 70 in- MS4D-6043-100 2-10 Vdca
lb (4 or 8 MS4D-6043-150 0-10 Vdc 4.2 35 (4)
Nm)
MS4D-6043-160 4-20 mAdc 24 Vac ± 20%
minimum 2-10 Vdc No <85 4.2 (2)
torque MS4D-6083-100 2-10 Vdca 20-30 Vdc
MS4D-6083-150 0-10 Vdc 5.2 70 (8)
MS4D-6083-160 4-20 mAdc
a
4 to 20 mA with the addition of a 500 ohm resistor (AM-708).
.

MF4E-60x30-100 Series TAC DuraDrive™
35 or 70 in-lb (4 or 8 Nm) minimum torque
Damper Actuators
Torque: 35 or 70 lb-in (4 or 8 Nm) minimum.

Connections: 10 ft. (3 m) plenum cable.
Rotation: CW or CCW field selectable.
Shaft Size: Standard: Up to 1/2-in. (13 mm) round diameter.
Housing: NEMA 1, (IEC IP30).
Overload Protection: Magnetic coupling.
Angle of Rotation: 95° nominal adjustable.
Position Indication: Visual indicator.
co Built-in Auxiliary Switches: None.
Manual Override: Yes.
oD General Instructions: Refer to F-27373.
ve Wiring Diagrams: Refer to Figures 29 to 31 on pages 183 to 184.
US
LISTED UL tested for Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 24-93. MF4E-
European Community EN-61326.
Australia C-Tick. 60x30-
100
Series
Timing in Weight Non-
Torque
Part Number VA @ Auxiliary in-lb (Nm) Seconds Spring
Control Voltage Feedback lbs (kg) Return
60 Hz Switch
Powered
Actuator
MF4E-60430-100 24 Vac + 20% 35 (4)
Floating - 15% 2.0 No No 90 3.5 (1.6)
MF4E-60830-100 70 (8)
.
See Accessories section for compatible accessories. 35 or 70 in-

lb (4 or 8
Nm)
minimum
torque

Determining Minimum Control Damper Torque Requirements
Damper Actuators
The best source for Control Damper Torque requirements is to obtain the torque requirements from the
damper manufacturer. If you cannot determine the damper manufacturer and/or model number, the
following information may be used as a guideline in determining the appropriate actuator to use.
1. Calculate the area of the damper in square feet.
2. Determine the style of the damper: opposed blade or parallel blade.
3. Determine whether the damper is with or without edge and blade seals.
4. Determine the static pressure, air velocity, or design CFM.
Once you have this information, you may use the following table to assist in selecting the correct
actuator on a new damper. Older dampers may have higher torque requirements
Determi Static pressure for this table is 2.5 " WC.
ning
Minimu
With Seals Without Seals
m Style
in. lbs. of torque/sq. ft. in. lbs. of torque/sq. ft.
Control
Opposed Blade 6.3 3.2
Damper
Torque Parallel Blade 8 4
Require
ments .
Other Factors To Consider
The above figures are an estimate. There are many damper manufacturers, varying designs, and torque
requirements. This table is a good starting point that can be used as a general guideline. If the
application is a replacement actuator, the torque output of the old actuator should be considered.
Over time, the damper’s moving parts may have picked up dirt or corrosion and may no longer move as
freely as when it was new. The static pressure, velocity, or cfm may be more or less than what is shown
above. These factors may also affect the torque requirement of your application.

Accessories Chart TAC DuraDrive™
Damper Actuators
AM-672
AM-671
AM-675
AM-673 AM-674
AM-690
AM-691
AM-676
AM-689
AM-686 AM-687
AM-688
Accessori
Chart
AM-692
AM-693 AM-703 AM-704
Spring Return Actuators Non-Spring Return Actuators
Document
MS4D-60x3-1xx
MA40-717X
MS4D-x033
MA40-7043
MA41-7073
MA41-7153
MS40-7043
MS41-7073
MS41-7153
MS40-7173
MS41-6043
MS41-6083
MS41-6153
MS41-6343
MF40-7043
MF41-7073
MF41-7153
MF40-7173
MF41-6043
MF41-6083
MF41-6153
MF41-6343
Part
Description
Numbers
AM-671abc X X X X X X
Mounting
AM-672abc X X X X X X F-25096
Bracket
AM-673 b X X X X X X
AM-674 Weather X X X X X X X X X X
Shield & F-25097
AM-675 Base X X X X X X
AM-676 Shaft Extension X X X X X X X X X X

Position
AM-686 X X X X
Indicator
AM-687d V-clamp X X X X
Replacement
AM-688 X X X X
Universal Clamp
F-25098
AM-689 Rotation Limiter X X X X
AM-690 X X X X
Crank Arm
AM-691 X X X X
AM-692e V-bolt X X X X
Crank Arm
AM-693 fg X X X X
Kit
AM-703 Span Adjustment X X X X X X X X
Modulation F-26895
AM-704 X X X X X X X X
Interface
a
AM-693 crank arm kit required.
b Drill appropriate mounting holes where needed.
c
The large "C"-shaped clamps included in AM-693 crank arm kit are required for mounting the actuator. Drill appropriate mounting holes where needed.
d For shafts to 1.05" (26.7 mm) diameter or 5/8" ( 15.9 mm) square.
e
For shafts to 3/4" and 1.05" (19 to 26.7 mm) diameter (with AM-690 and AM-691, respectively).
f Use the self-tapping screws and flat washers provided in kit to mount actuator.
g
AM-692 V-bolt kit required.

TAC DuraDrive™ Accessories Chart
Damper Actuators
AM-708 AM-710, AM-717
AM-712
AM-705 AM-706
AM-709
AM-711
AM-715
AM-713
AM-714
AM-751
AM-728
AM-726
AM-727
AM-752
Document
MS4D-60x3-1xx
MA40-717X
MS4D-x033
MA40-7043
MA41-7073
MA41-7153
MS40-7043
MS41-7073
MS41-7153
MS40-7173
MS41-6043
MS41-6083
MS41-6153
MS41-6343
MF40-7043
MF41-7073
MF41-7153
MF40-7173
MF41-6043
MF41-6083
MF41-6153
MF41-6343
Part
Description
Numbers
AM-705 X X X X X X X X X
Positioner
AM-706 X X X X X X X X X F-26895
AM-708 500 Ω Resistor X X X X X X X
Position Indicator
AM-709 X X
& Stroke Limiter
a
AM-710 V-clamp X X
F-26896
AM-711 Crank Arm X X
AM-712 Adaptor Kit X X
AM-713 Bracket X X X
AM-714 Weather Shield X X X X X X X F-25097
Crank Arm
AM-715 X X F-26896
Adaptor Kit
Replacement
AM-717 X X F-26896
Universal Clamp
AM-726 X X X X
Crank Arm Adaptor
AM-727 X X X X F-26802
AM-728b Conduit Adaptor X X X X
AM-751 X X X X
Anti-rotation Bracket F-26898
AM-752 X X X X
a
For shafts up to 3/4" (19 mm) diameter round or up to 1/2" (13 mm) square.
b Cannot be used when creating a linked valve/actuator assembly.

Accessories Chart TAC DuraDrive™
Damper Actuators
AM-735
AM-737
AM-740
AM-736
AM-741
AM-753
AM-754
AM-761
AM-762
AM-756
AM-755
AM-763 AM-759 AM-760
AM-758
Document
MS4D-60x3-1xx
MA40-717X
MS4D-x033
MA41-7153
MA40-7043
MA41-7073
MS41-7153
MS40-7173
MS41-6043
MS41-6083
MS41-6153
MS41-6343
MS40-7043
MS41-7073
MF40-7173
MF41-6043
MF41-6083
MF41-6153
MF41-6343
MF40-7043
MF41-7073
MF41-7153
Part
Description
Numbers
AM-735 Crank Arm Kit X X F-27246

Crank Arm Kit
AM-736 X X F-27247
with Bracket
Universal Crank
AM-737 X X F-27248
Arma
AM-740 Replacement Kit X X F-27249
AM-741 Weather Shield X X X X X F-27250
AM-753b X X X X
Mounting Clamp
AM-754c X X X X
F-26898
Manual Override
AM-755 X X
Crank
Metric Conduit
AM-756 X X X X X X X X X X X X F-26899
Adaptor
Short "U" Mounting
AM-758 X X X X
Bracket
Tall "U" Mounting
AM-759 X X X X F-25096
Bracket
Slotted "L" Mounting
AM-760 X X X X
Bracket
7-inch Anti-Rotation
AM-761 X X F-26986
Bracket
9-inch Anti-Rotation
AM-762 X X X X X X X X X X F-25098
Bracket
a For Honeywell Floor Mount Mod Motor.
b
For shafts 3/4" (19 mm) round and 5/8" (15. 9 mm) square.
c For shafts 3/8" to 1/2" (10 to 13 mm) round and square.

TAC DuraDrive™ Accessories Chart
Damper Actuators
Document
MS4D-60x3-1xx
MA40-717X
MS4D-x033
MS40-7173
MS41-6043
MS41-6083
MS41-6153
MS41-6343
MA40-7043
MS40-7043
MA41-7073
MS41-7073
MA41-7153
MS41-7153
MF41-6043
MF41-6083
MF41-6153
MF41-6343
MF40-7043
MF41-7073
MF41-7153
MF40-7173
Part
Description
Numbers
Crank Arm and

AM-771 X X
Adapter Kit
Bracket for Reverse
AM-772 X X
Mounting
Manual Override
AM-763 Xa Xa Xa Xa F-25098
Crank
a
Only used on Mx41-707x-xxx, Mx41-715x-xxx.

International, Inc.
W I R E A N D C A B L E C ATA L O G
CONNECT-AIR INTERNATIONAL
WIRE AND CABLE CATALOG, VOL. 8
CONNECT-AIR INTERNATIONAL
For over 25 years Connect-Air has been the industry leader in the design and
distribution of low voltage wire and cable for Building Automation Systems.
With a focus on the distribution of low voltage wire and cable Connect-Air has
become the preferred choice to contractors, controls dealers and OEM’s across
the country.
From eight strategically located warehouse/

branch locations, we can support our customers
wire requirements nationwide. Each warehouse/
branch location carries an extensive inventory of
low voltage wire and cable products.
This catalog contains a comprehensive description

of our most popular cable products specifically
designed for the Security, Fire/Life Safety,
Temperature Controls, and Datacom applications.
To learn more about Connect-Air and our products,

capabilities and services please call us at 1-800-247-1978
or visit our website at www.connect-air.com.
SEATTLE/CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
4240 ‘B’ Street NW, Auburn, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 813-5599 | Fax: (253) 813-5699
International, Inc. email: sales@connect-air.com (Internet)
www.connect-air.com TOLL FREE: (800) 247-1978
2 C O N N E C T - A I R I N T E R N AT I O N A L
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS Multi-Conductor, Unshielded, Riser
NEC Type CMR and/or CL3R
PRODUCT CONSTRUCTION:
CONDUCTOR:
• Stranded or solid bare copper
INSULATION:
• Premium grade color coded S-R PVC
JACKET:
• Premium grade gray PVC
• Sequential footage markings to
NOM. INSULATION NOM. JACKET
THICKNESS WALL NORMAL O.D. WT facilitate installation
CATALOG NO. OF AWG. COND.
NUMBER COND. SIZE STRAND. INCHES mm INCHES mm INCHES WT/1000’ • Suitable for use from – 20°C to + 75°C
• Includes ripcord
22 AWG CONDUCTORS
W221P-1023 2 22 Solid 0.007 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.118 8 lbs. APPLICATIONS:
W224C-1057 4 22 Solid 0.007 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.126 14 lbs. • Power limited control circuits
W221P-1052 2 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.122 9 lbs. • Wiring of the following systems:
W223C-1193 3 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.129 11 lbs. Intercom
Security
W224C-1108 4 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.156 14 lbs. Audio
W226C-1024 6 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.164 22 lbs. Background music
W228C-1906 8 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.180 26 lbs. • Suggested voltage rating: 300 volts
W2210C-1149 10 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.212 36 lbs.
COMPLIANCES:
W2212C-1286 12 22 7/30 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.219 42 lbs.
• NEC Article 725 Type CL3R
20 AWG CONDUCTORS (UL: 75°C, 150V)
W201P-1014 2 20 7/28 0.007 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.134 11 lbs. • NEC Article 800 Type CMR
(UL: 75°C, 300V)
W203C-1076 3 20 7/28 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.134 16 lbs.
W204C-1129 4 20 7/28 0.008 0.20 0.015 0.38 0.142 20 lbs. • California State Fire Marshall
Approved
18 AWG CONDUCTORS PACKAGING:
W181P-1153 2 18 Solid 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.144 16 lbs. • 1000' (305 m) Pull-Pac® Cartons
W181P-1002 2 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.156 17 lbs. • 1000' (305 m) Spools or Reels
W183C-1045 3 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.166 23 lbs. • Other put-ups available—
W184C-1037 4 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.187 30 lbs. consult Customer Service
W186C-1043 6 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.225 37 lbs.
W188C-1041 8 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.245 44 lbs.
W1812C-1236 12 18 7/26 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 0.291 76 lbs.
16 AWG CONDUCTORS
W161P-1031 2 16 19/.0117 0.009 0.25 0.015 0.38 0.178 25 lbs.
W163C-1094 3 16 19/.0117 0.009 0.25 0.015 0.38 0.193 35 lbs.
W164C-1123 4 16 19/.0117 0.009 0.25 0.015 0.38 0.209 45 lbs.
14 AWG CONDUCTORS
W141P-1081 2 14 19/.0147 0.013 0.33 0.015 0.38 0.224 38 lbs.
W144C-1109 3 14 19/.0147 0.013 0.33 0.015 0.38 0.264 100 lbs.
12 AWG CONDUCTORS
W121P-1058 2 12 19/.0185 0.013 0.33 0.015 0.38 0.260 56 lbs.
Color Code Chart

NO. OF NO. OF
COND. COLOR COND. COLOR
1 Black 7 Orange
2 Red 8 Yellow
3 White 9 Violet
4 Green 10 Gray
5 Brown 11 Pink
6 Blue 12 Tan
www.connect-air.com 17
SPECIAL APPLICATION CABLES FOR BUILDING
AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
GAUGE NO. OF JACKET NOM. O.D. WT
PART NUMBER SIZE COND. COND. SHIELD COLOR APPLICATION INCHES (1000 FT.)
W181P-2028X 18 2 Str Yes * 25pF/FT Plenum (Trane) .179 25 lbs.

W181P-1060G 18 2 Str Yes Green 25pF/FT Non-Plenum (Trane) .219 31 lbs.
W181P-1072 18 2 Str Yes Black Aerial/Burial 25pF/FT .240 31 lbs.
W221P-1002 22 2 Str No Gray LonWorks Non-Plenum .142 15 lbs.
W221P-1003 22 2 Str Yes Gray LonWorks Non-Plenum .213 25 lbs.
W222P-1004 22 4 Str No Gray LonWorks Non-Plenum .142 22 lbs.
W222P-1005 22 4 Str Yes Gray LonWorks Non-Plenum .288 45 lbs.
W221P-2001 22 2 Str No * LonWorks Plenum .122 12 lbs.
W221P-2002 22 2 Str Yes Blue LonWorks Plenum .176 22 lbs
W222P-2003 22 4 Str No Blue LonWorks Plenum .196 19 lbs.
W222P-2004 22 4 Str Yes Blue LonWorks Plenum .240 46 lbs.
W241P-2000FB 24 2 Str Yes Orange 12.5pF/FT Plenum .108 29 lbs.

W241P-2000FB/BL 24 2 Str Yes Blue 12.5pF/FT Plenum .108 29 lbs.
W241P-2000GRN 24 2 Str Yes Green 12.5pF/FT Plenum .108 29 lbs.
W248C-2094 24 8 Str No White Flat Plenum .076 x .342 36 lbs.
W221P-2544 22 2 Str Yes Raspberry BACTalk MS/TP Plenum*** .127 11 lbs.

W221P-2544LAN 22 2 Str Yes Lt. Purple Alerton LAN Plenum*** .127 11 lbs.
W221P-2544OR 22 2 Str Yes Orange BACTalk MS/TP Plenum*** .127 11 lbs.
W223C-2560 22 3 Str Yes White BACTalk Microset II*** .116 14 lbs.
W221P-2227 22 2 Str Yes Green ARC 156 Plenum .138 14 lbs.

W14224C-2810 14/22 4 Str No White U-Line Plenum .205 46 lbs.
W20185C-2816TCS 20/18 5 Str White TCS Basys Plenum .2682 41 lbs.

***BACtalk is a trademark of Alerton Corporation * Multiple jacket colors available - consult sales office
PLENUM PRODUCT CONSTRUCTION: NON-PLENUM PRODUCT CONSTRUCTION:

CONDUCTOR: CONDUCTOR:
• Stranded copper • Stranded copper
INSULATION: INSULATION:
• Premium grade color coded Flexguard® PVC • Premium grade color coded PVC
SHIELD: SHIELD:
• Overall Flexfoil® polyester supported aluminum foil • Overall Flexfoil® polyester supported aluminum foil
• Stranded tinned copper drain wire • Stranded tinned copper drain wire
JACKET: JACKET:
• Premium grade Natural Flexguard® PVC • Premium grade PVC
• Sequential footage markings to facilitate installation • Sequential footage markings to facilitate installation
• Suitable for use from 0°C to + 75°C • Suitable for use from 0°C to + 75°C
• Ripcord available— • Ripcord available—
consult Customer Service for details consult Customer Service for details
APPLICATIONS: APPLICATIONS:
• Building Automation Systems • Building Automation Systems
• Suggested voltage rating: 300 volts • Suggested voltage rating: 300 volts
COMPLIANCES: COMPLIANCES:
• NEC Article 725 Type CL3P (UL: 75°C, 150V) • NEC Article 725 Type CL3 (UL: 75°C, 150V)
• NEC Article 800 Type CMP (UL: 75°C, 300V) • NEC Article 800 Type CMR (UL: 75°C, 300V)
PACKAGING: PACKAGING:
•1000' (305 m) Pull-Pac® Cartons •1000' (305 m) Pull-Pac® Cartons
• 1000' (305 m) Reels • 1000' (305 m) Reels
• Other put-ups available— • Other put-ups available—
consult Customer Service consult Customer Service
www.connect-air.com 21
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1 0 . M T S W A R R A N T Y C E R T I F I C AT E :

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1 1 . A P P E N D I X I I : M T S P R E - Q U A L I F I C AT I O N
Al Mayssan Technical Services is the sole representative of TAC- I/A Series in the Kingdom
of Saudi Arabia. TAC- I/A Series is a member of the Schneider Electric group of companies.

A L M AYSSAN T ECHNICAL S ERVICES C O L TD
P RE -Q UALIFICATION D OCUMENT
Headquarters
P.O. Box 7435, Jeddah 21462,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel. 2 667 1312
Fax. 2 667 6251
http. www.almayssan.com
e-mail info@almayssan.com
MTS PreQual.109
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
COMPANY PROFILE
Company Locations and Facilities
Organization Outline
ACTIVITIES
AREAS OF SPECIALTY
Intelligent IP Network Infrastructure
Building Management Systems & Intelligent Buildings
Power & Lighting Systems
Life Safety & Fire Alarm Systems
CCTV, Access and Security Systems
Electrical and Mechanical Energy Meters
Smoke and Gas Detectors
Interface to Existing Systems
HVAC Systems and Conventional Controls
Explosion-Proof / Intrinsically Safe Instrumentation
Electrical Systems
Automation Software
Computerized Maintenance Management Software
Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System
Field Equipment
SUPPLIERS & MANUFACTURERS
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC
TAC
PELCO
WONDERWARE
MTS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENTS
MTS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORSHIP IT PRODUCTS
CREDENTIALS
DATA SHEETS OF SELECTED PROJECTS & PROJECTS LIST
CLIENT TESTIMONIALS
COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENTAL REGISTRATION
Commercial Registration
Chamber of Commerce Certificate
Zakat Certificate
STATEMENTS FROM TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS
BANK STATEMENTS
LITERATURE
INTRODUCTION
The concept behind the establishment of AL MAYSSAN TECHNICAL SERVICES CO. LTD. MTS
(Formerly: Montaser Technical Services Establishment) is to provide products and services in
automation industry and in specialized technical fields for customers in the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia. At the heart of all systems and solutions provided by MTS lies the computer and
networking technology. The latest computer technologies in the fields covered are utilized for
the benefit of the customer. And in a market where energy consumption and system efficiency
are subjected to ever more stringent criteria for value engineering, the automation products and
services provided by MTS earns itself a special place.
In its endeavor, MTS believes in, and works to achieve the following qualities:
• To provide quality products and services in the fields covered.
• To utilize well trained highly qualified personnel.
• To apply the best equipment economically viable.
• To keep up with the latest technology in our fields of profession.
• To provide distinguished after-sale service.
• To achieve highest humans comfort and yet save energy.
This document is meant to provide an outline of the firm's activities, potential markets, and
business strategies.
COMPANY PROFILE
Company Locations and Facilities

MTS has active offices in the following Saudi cities:
Jeddah (Head Office)

Al Andalus District
P.O. Box 7435,
Jeddah 21462,
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Tel. +966 2 667 1312
Fax +966 2 667 6251
Riyadh
Olaya Main St.
Tel. +966 1 217 0279
Fax +966 1 217 4581
Madinah
Tel. +966 4 815 2361
Fax +966 4 828 1651
Panel Building Workshop & Warehouse

Jeddah – Alkhomra
Tel. +966 2 609 5826
Fax +966 2 609 5825
MTS is also accessible on the World Wide Web and via e-mail:
http: www.almayssan.com
e-mail info@almayssan.com
Organization Outline
ACTIVITIES
The activities of MTS share one backbone: the Control and Automation Technology. As this
field has evolved over the past few years, it has had to utilize concepts and tools from other
disciplines, especially the Information Technology sector.
AREAS OF SPECIALTY
As a modern Controls Specialist, MTS applies and utilizes the latest advances in the industry,
operating in a number of interrelated disciplines, and providing a high degree of specialty while
serving a broad spectrum of clients and applications.
Intelligent IP Network Infrastructure

It all starts with a Network. We design, supply and Install network infrastructure solutions for
communications networks. We offer business enterprises some of the industry’s highest-
performing, most intelligent network infrastructure solutions for data, voice, video and building
management applications in both wired and wireless networks.
Today’s network infrastructure is not merely a commodity – it is a critical link to information-
rich, interactive services. It is vital to the efficiency of your network and the profitability of your
entire enterprise. Our services cover the following areas:
• Copper, Fiber & Wireless Solutions.
• Intelligent devises such as: Switches, Routers, Gateways, etc…..
Brands Represented:
Cisco
Cisco Systems, Inc. designs, manufactures, and sells Internet Protocol (IP)-
based networking and other products relating to the communications and information
technology industry worldwide. The company offers routers that interconnect IP networks and
moving information between networks; switching systems, which provide connectivity to end
users, workstations, and servers; application networking solutions to deploy and deliver business
applications; home networking products, such as voice and data modems, network cards, media
adapters, Internet video cameras, network storage, and USB adapters; and Cisco security
solutions to protect information systems. It also provides storage area networking products that
deliver connectivity between servers and storage systems; unified communication products,
which integrate voice, video, data, and mobile applications on fixed and mobile networks; video
systems, including digital set-top boxes and digital media technology products; and in-building
and outdoor wireless networking products. Further, the company offers optical networking
products, cable access, and service provider VoIP services. We are Cisco’s Select Certified
Partners.
3Com
3Com Corporation provides secure and converged networking solutions that

enable customers to manage voice, video, and data in a secure network environment. We are
3Com’s Partner and Reseller.
Intel
Intel Corporation engages in making, marketing, and selling integrated

circuits for computing and communications industries worldwide. It offers microprocessor
products. The company also provides chipset products that send data between the
microprocessor and input, display, and storage devices, such as keyboard, mouse, monitor, hard
drive, and CD or DVD drives; motherboards that has connectors for attaching devices to the bus,
and contains the CPU, memory, and chipset used in the laptop, desktop, workstation, and server
platforms; flash memory products, including NOR flash memory products; NAND flash
memory products primarily used in digital audio players, memory cards, and system-level
applications, such as solid-state drives; wired and wireless Internet connectivity products,
including network adapters and embedded wireless cards used to translate and transmit data in
packets across networks, as well as wireless connectivity products for both mobile and fixed
networks; communications infrastructure products, including network processors and
communications boards; and networked storage products, as well as software products and
services that enable and advance the computing ecosystem. We are Intel’s Channel Partner.
Building Management Systems & Intelligent Buildings
This is the largest of our fields of specialties. It deals with the expanding Building Automation
industry, featuring the following benefits:
• Obtain the best possible operation and tenant Comfort.

• Obtain the best possible tenant Safety by responding to all possible situations.
• Save energy by applying advanced control loops.
• Automate data acquisition for tenant billing and Metering.
• Maintain operation logs for Maintenance and integrate them with other software.
• Market leaders in fully integrated and interoperable buildings. IP connectivity and I/A
Lon Mark and BACnet Controllers add a new dimension to system integration that
delivers an Open, Interoperable and Scalable Building Automation System. In
addition to more then 600 available I/Os ready for system integration. This is what is
called in today’s terminology: Smart Buildings or Intelligent Buildings.
Brands Represented:
TAC I/A Series
TAC I/A Series
From hospitals to high-rises – schools to skyscrapers – buildings and campuses of all types and
sizes are now capable of much higher operating efficiencies. We've made it possible with the
truly open, interoperable and powerful TAC I/A Series® Intelligent Automation System.
The TAC I/A Series Building Automation System is intelligent automation for every type and
size facility. Delivering an open interoperable solution through the power of the Internet, the I/A
Series provides full access and control of your building(s) from anywhere in the world.
Only I/A Series:
• is Open & Interoperable. LONMARK® LONWORKS® BACnet®, TCP/IP are standard

with Modbus® as fully supported options.
• is Web Powered. The I/A Series is designed from the ground up as a Java™ based web
enabled product family. Thin client, pure browser access for any size project.
• has a Full Range of Control Solutions. The MicroNet™ series of controllers offers the
industry’s most complete line of fully programmable BACnet, LONMARK and
LONWORKS controllers.
• features Innovative Design. Industry leading family of intelligent temperature and

humidity sensors—the S-Link series.
• offers Investment Protection. Brings the Internet to NETWORK 8000™ and DMS™
building automation systems.
Whether your needs are LON®, BACnet or other standards, TAC I/A Series guarantees
compliance today, with the standards of tomorrow. From sensor to boardroom, and everywhere
in between, the I/A Series can satisfy all of your enterprise control requirements well into the
future.
Satchwell
Sigma is an advanced
Building and Energy Management solution incorporating state-of-the-art communication and
integration technologies.
Based on proven Internet Protocol technologies and industry standards, Sigma is secure, fast,
and resilient and can be scaled to suit any type of building from small sites to worldwide
operations.
The wide range of intuitive user interfaces provides an everyday tool for unsurpassed levels of
visibility for energy usage and building functions.
With Sigma, we look at buildings differently. A crossing between more than 80 years of
experience in environmental controls and a bold use of innovative technologies, Sigma is the
epitome of building automation.
Sigma seamlessly links your building services to your management tools, to deliver a fully
integrated and interactive building management experience.
Power & Lighting Systems
Eliminate the need for costly hard-wired interface panels, custom software, and duplicate
networks and controllers. MTS offers seamless integration with lighting, power management
and power distribution systems to gain even more control over your energy costs. Offering
advanced systems for lighting control based on EIB seamlessly interfaced to the I/A backbone
network.
Brands Represented:
Merten
Merten offers solutions for intelligent buildings. KNX stands for installation
bus: a data line is laid down parallel to the power cables to which consumers like lighting,
heating etc. are connected. This data line is used for controlling the consumers. The advantage
to you: devices from different utilities can exchange information. Functions can be modified via
software without walls needing to be ripped up or new cables needing to be laid.
Life Safety & Fire Alarm Systems

We offer interfacing with fire alarm systems via the I/A backbone network. In addition, MTS
offer consulting services to compliance with NFPA and local Civil Defense Authority for the
following:
• Fire Alarm Systems.
• Fire Fighting Systems.
• Smoke Exhaust Systems.
• FM200 Systems.
CCTV, Access and Security Systems
Offering advanced systems for surveillance and access control, interfaced to the I/A backbone
network in what we call Integrated Security Solutions. It takes you further than traditional
security systems. Our integrated approach — combining everything from video monitoring to
access control to intrusion detection — delivers more complete security understanding. Taking
integration one step further, forward-looking businesses are integrating their security systems
with their Building Automation Systems (BAS) and ultimately their IT and Business
Management Systems to fully leverage their investments and add value to their bottom line. Our
combination of technology expertise and security know-how are the perfect complement to your
organization’s IT staff. Together, we can help you build a total, secure environment for your
facilities, helping you protect people, property and data.
Brands Represented:
TAC I/A Series Security
TAC I/A Series

TAC I/A® Series gives you a single view of all your security systems, through user-friendly
workstations or over secure web links. With a single picture of security, and one view of all
systems, you can monitor, control and secure your facilities like never before.
Our information tools include:
• Unmatched graphics for a comprehensive, powerful view of facility security.
• Seamless integration with digital video.
• Advanced alarm management.
• Intelligent yet user-friendly reporting.
• Flexible access scheduling.
• Customized forms and templates for editing and managing personnel access rights.
• Effective identification through photo badging or biometrics.
Andover Continuum Security
Andover Continuum® is one of the few

security system solutions designed, manufactured and supported in-house, from a single
company. With our integrated security systems you can respond rapidly to emergencies and plan
more effectively for tomorrow’s security challenges. Integration from a single source also
reduces the cost of operation due to efficiency gains in installation, training and maintenance.
And it increases your flexibility by making it easier to add security components while keeping
capital expenditures low.
Pelco
Together with Pelco®, we offer the broadest combined range of security and
video solutions in the market. You can view live or recorded video on-demand for any alarm or
event. To quickly pinpoint potential security breaches and significant events, our video content
analysis software provides real-time alarm and forensic tools for tracking events, thus
eliminating the need for constant monitoring.
As a part of an integrated security network, our video management systems offer powerful
benefits such as:
• Link multiple cameras per alarm or point for automatic display
• View live or recorded video on-demand for any alarm or event
• Easy storage, search and control of digital recordings on hard disk
• Integrated pan-tilt-zoom controls to view every area effectively
• IP support for easy connectivity
Electrical and Mechanical Energy Meters
Offering a full range of conventional and networked electrical and BTU energy meters.
Brands Represented:
TAC Heat Meters
Merlin Gerin
Smoke and Gas Detectors
Offering smoke, CO, CO2, and gas detectors for use in fire protection and safety applications.
Interface to Existing Systems

If a third party system is not Opens systems compliant, gateways are available to brand name
Fire Alarm, Access, Security, Nursing, Hotel Management, Chillers, Boilers, Elevators, and
CCTV Systems from the I/A BMS, providing extended spectrum.
HVAC Systems and Conventional Controls
Thermal Energy Storage
Complete controls package for the operation of TES systems and fully integrated with the BMS
to ensure a reliable communication, operation and optimum performance.
VAV Boxes
We supply a full range of quality Variable Air Volume boxes, with or without their controls. All
units are made in the Netherlands. For inquiries, please send BoQ indicating design flows.
FCU Units
We supply a full range of quality Fan Coil Units, with or without their controls. All units are
made in the Netherlands. For inquiries, please send BoQ indicating design flows.
Grills, Diffusers, Registers

Air Distribution Systems
Conventional Controls
In addition to the rapidly growing, networked digital control systems described above, MTS is
active in the classical field of conventional HVAC controls, incorporating elegant and cost
effective electronic (non-digital) controllers for the HVAC industry:
• Conventional VAV Controls
• Conventional FCU Thermostats
AHUs, Chillers, and other HVAC Systems

Through a special Schneider alliance program, MTS is capable of providing the full spectrum of
products of manufacturers such as Carrier, York, and many others.
Explosion-Proof / Intrinsically Safe Instrumentation
Offering Explosion-Proof / Intrinsically Safe transducers for temperature, humidity, pressure,
and more.
Electrical Systems
In our 1,500 m2 workshop we assemble electrical panels to serve our activities in addition to
providing services to our clients is the following fields:
Motor Control Centers
Design and assembly of MCC’s to
international standards with integral incoming
connections factory fitted. Electrical
destitution panels can also be supplied when
integrated with MCCs.
Switch Gear LV
• Switchboard up to 6300A Blokset
• Switchboards up to 3200A Prisma Plus
• It is also available in different forms (Form-1 to Form-4)
• Type tested panel
• The Custom-built Low Voltage Switchboard is available in a range from 630A to

6300A with
• It is also available in different forms (Form-1 to Form-4) suiting a customer's need

and application. Its state-of-the-art, fully tested design ensures safety, power-saving
and simplicity.
Capacitor Bank Panels

(Power Factor Control Panel), which improves power factor to increase energy efficiency, is
a comprehensive automatic power factor regulation panel which can better save energy and
electric power for greater profits.
The Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)

Design and assembly to provide a solution to handle transfer of critical loads to emergency
sources with reliability.
Automation Software
With our alliance with Wonderware, a major Invensys company specializing in automation
software, MTS is capable of providing high-tech solutions in the automation industry. The
objective is to link the Production Floor with the Enterprise Recourse Planning System and
provide the management team with access to information and vital information necessary for
decision making and organization:
MTS is a certified Systems Integrator for Wonderware in the kingdom of Saudi Arabia,
supplying the product and the technical knowledge necessary for the successful implementation
of the InTouch software.
The Industrial Intelligence Vision
Wonderware's vision for improving your business is simple and powerful. We provide you with
solutions to analyze data captured from a wide variety of data sources, to improve uniformity,
increase yields, maximize productivity and decrease maintenance costs. We achieve these goals
by delivering information and analysis tools that create industrial intelligence, which is
accessible throughout your organization, from the control room to the boardroom. As a result,
you will be able to make better-informed decisions about your business.
Breaking Down Barriers To Industrial Intelligence
With Wonderware's Industrial Intelligence solution, you can:
• Unite disparate information sources: You will be able to manage disjointed
supervisory displays at plants and headquarters.
• Lower lifecycle costs: Wonderware provides a tightly integrated set of off-the-shelf

solutions, which save you the expense of partial solutions and varied applications. Our
products can help you whether you need insight for KPIs, process analysis, downtime,
operations, maintenance and more.
• Tailor the software to meet your organization's needs: Our solution efficiently
delivers the information you need to individuals at every level, from the plant to
corporate headquarters.
Enabled Team
Industrial Intelligence provides the following benefits for each individual in the enabled team.
Vice President of Operations
• Increases production efficiency
• Monitors and reports on operations and KPIs
• Improves capital optimization and cost controls
Plant Manager
• Ensures attainment of production goals
• Improves production efficiency
Process And Control Engineer
• Troubleshoots process problems
• Configures new process strategies
• Develops process models
• Improves process performance
Maintenance Manager
• Improves maintenance scheduling
• Identifies causes of machine downtime
• Improves machine or process performance
The Wonderware InTouch
Wonderware® InTouch® for FactorySuite™ 2000 is the latest release of the world’s leading,
easiest to use, graphical human-machine interface (HMI) for industrial automation, process
control and supervisory monitoring. InTouch provides the visualization for a plant-centric,
operator-centric manufacturing information system—where information is shared within and
between plants— fully integrated with all types of information needed to empower the operator.
It is the seventh generation of the industry’s leading HMI from Wonderware, the company that
pioneered the use of Windows® in industrial automation. Wonderware InTouch applications
span the globe in a multitude of vertical markets including food processing, semiconductors, oil
and gas, automotive, chemical, pharmaceutical, pulp and paper, transportation, utilities and
more.
The Wonderware Industrial SQL Server

IndustrialSQL Server™ is the world’s highest performance, lowest cost real-time relational
database for the factory. It provides the right information for improving product quality and
production efficiency. IndustrialSQL Server is an extension to Microsoft® SQL Server™,
acquiring plant data at dramatically increased speeds, reducing data storage volumes, and
integrating plant data with event, summary, production and configuration data. The
FactorySuite™ database server leverages the open and flexible Microsoft platform to truly
integrate the office with the factory floor. Production personnel can use Wonderware tools or
hundreds of ‘off the shelf’ software packages to view, analyze and report on their production
process.
The Wonderware SuiteVoyager™
Industrial Information Portal - Access To Information Anytime. Anywhere SuiteVoyager 2.0
takes the lead in the portal market by becoming the most powerful, extensible, easiest to
configure and deploy industrial information portal on the market today. The SuiteVoyager 2.0
Portal has been completely redesigned to leverage the latest in Internet technologies. This is a
significant new release of SuiteVoyager taking Wonderware's ability to deliver information and
content to a new level. Because it is a web part container and uses web services, the information
accessible through it is endless and can be customized based upon the user accessing it.
Computerized Maintenance Management Software

The goal of maintenance management is the same as it has always been–optimize capital
investments. To maintain your competitive edge, however, you need to achieve more than cost-
cutting alone. You must maintain more complex equipment and facilities by employing asset
management strategies such as Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) and Reliability Centered
Maintenance (RCM). You must also comply with mounting regulations, environmental laws and
international standards, while at the same time coping with constant change.
Avantis.Pro from Invensys, is the Enterprise Asset Management (EAM) solution designed to
meet the sophisticated, ever-changing requirements of today’s asset-centric organizations.
Designed with unparalleled functionality and flexibility, Avantis.Pro gives you the edge to
prevail with a proven solution that helps you to meet the challenges of a rapidly evolving
business environment.
Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System
SCADA systems are widely used in industry for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition of
industrial processes. As a matter of fact, they are now penetrating every layer and corner of the
modern infrastructures for the controls of Prime and ancillary systems such as cooling,
ventilation, power distribution, water system, Production and Process management etc.
SCADA systems have made substantial progress over the recent years in terms of functionality,
scalability, performance and openness such that they are an alternative to in house development
even for very demanding and complex control systems as those of physics experiments.
Schneider Electric is the world leader in Electrical distribution and Automation solutions with
extensive list of highly satisfied Clients. Schneider Electric PLCs and HMI systems have a
proven track record in terms of performance as well as conformance to major jargons in the field
of SCADA system. Thousands of such system are currently in operation and maintains a smooth
system working in various Public and Private Infrastructures worldwide.
MTS being the official Solution Partner of Schneider Electric Automation and Control brands
offers state of the art Control Systems for the following sectors:
• Power Plants • Airports, Tunnels, & Railways

• Power Sub-Stations • Water & Sewerage Treatment Plants
• Residential and Commercial Buildings • Water, Oil & Gas Pipelines
• Manufacturing and Process Industry • Water Distribution & Irrigation
MTS - Solutions and Services
MTS offers the most cost effective and
technologically innovated solutions &
services based on Schneider Electric PLC and
HMI products. To name a few following are
the typical systems served with professional
workmanship and distinguished after sales
support:
• Power plant controls, monitoring &
instrumentation
• Substations Automation and auxiliary
systems monitoring and control
• Alarm annunciation and mimic systems
• Synchronization of different sources
• Fault and sequence of event recording
• Automatic bus transfer systems
• Power capacity and demand management
• Utilities metering and billing systems
• Load Distribution and Load Shedding
Systems
• Online Environment Control and monitoring
systems
• Water distribution control and monitoring
• Main power distribution monitoring, metering
and control
• Standby generation control and monitoring
• Fuel storage, handling and management
system
• Temperature, Pressure and Flow Controls
• Continuous and batch process control
• Tank farms and storage management system
• Automatic storage and retrieval systems
• Process analysis and quality control systems
• In-plant carriages and transportation control systems
• Plant integration and Management information system
• Embedded plant shutdown response monitoring system
• Remote monitoring of production statistics and profiling
• Plant diagnostics using power consumption data
• Pipeline monitoring and control system
• Pumping and compressor station control and instrumentation
• Integrated pipeline communication system
• Leak detection systems
• Line valves control and disaster containment system
• Custody transfer and billing system
• Cathodic protection system
Field Equipment
We supply and commission several types of field sensors and transducers for all the mentioned
systems:
Valves and Electric Actuators
Variable Frequency Drives
Damper Actuators
Industrial Instrumentation
SUPPLIERS & MANUFACTURERS
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC
Schneider Electric, the global specialist in energy management, offers integrated solutions to
make energy safe, reliable, efficient and productive for the Energy & Infrastructure, Industry,
Data Centers & Networks, Buildings and Residential markets. Schneider Electric’s 120,000
employees in 102 countries generated revenue of €17.3 billion in 2007, helping individuals and
organizations make the most of their energy.
Schneider Electric vision: Achieve more while using less of our common planet
Today, they are living in an increasingly booming and fast changing world where energy is key.
It is fantastic opportunity for each and everyone to fulfill his true potential while reducing the
impact on the environment.
Schneider Electric: Help people make the most of their energy

They help individuals and organizations get more from their energy with solutions that make
their businesses more productive and sustainable.
They are: The global specialist in energy management

With the broadest portfolio of activities in energy management, Schneider Electric makes
energy:
- Safe, with Power and control
- Reliable, with critical power & cooling services
- Efficient, with energy efficiency
- Productive, with industrial, building and home automation
An integrated and balanced portfolio of activities
- Electrical distribution medium & low voltage
- Industrial automation & control
- Building automation & security
- Installation system & control (wiring devices + home automation)
- Energy monitoring & control
- Critical power & cooling services
- Services
Sales as of December 31 2007 Sales by geographic region
(million euros)
45% Europe
2007 17,309 28% North America
2006 13,730 19% Asia Pacific
2005 11,679 8% Rest of the world
2004 10,349
2003 9,780
2007 number of employees by geographic division: Operating income as of December 31
Total: 120,000 people
(million euros)
Europe 41%
North 2007 2,562
26%
America 2006 2,001
Asia 2005 1,565
26%
Pacific
2004 1,286
Rest
2003 1,007
of the 7%
world
TAC
TAC is the fastest-growing, most innovative company in the building automation industry today.
Our mission is to provide added value through building environment services for indoor climate,
security and use of energy, delivered with advanced technology to end users and property
owners throughout the world.
TAC established the concept of Open Integrated Systems for Building IT™ in the market. Our
open, standards-based technology enables customers to integrate heating and cooling, access
control, security monitoring, ventilation, fire and smoke control, and lighting across enterprises.
This approach reduces training and maintenance costs, increases energy savings and adds value
by collecting and sharing vast amounts of pertinent facility and financial data, which helps
customers run more profitable buildings.
Today, TAC systems can be found in over 150,000 installations on every continent in a wide
range of industries, including commercial offices, education, healthcare, life sciences, retail,
hospitality, data centers, transportation, industry & technology, government & military — in
buildings of all types and sizes.
With over 80 years of experience in the HVAC, building automation and security arenas, TAC
has more than 8,000 employees worldwide with partners and branches in 80 countries. TAC's
parent company, Schneider Electric, is the global specialist in energy management with 120,000
employees worldwide and operations in 102 countries.
TAC acquired Invensys Building Systems (IBS) in 2006. They are a specialized company in
Automation and of the highest standards. They offer a wide variety of effective solutions to
manage and control buildings and HVAC systems. With the combined resources of Satchwell,
Barber-Colman, Robertshaw, and other companies in the group, IBS manufactures over
50,000 individual products at its modern, ISO-9001 certified facility in Loves Park, Illinois, U S
A and London, UK. Brands name now include but not limited to:
TAC I/A Series

PELCO
Pelco is a world leader in the design, development and manufacture of video and security
systems and equipment ideal for any industry. With a long and prestigious history of offering
high-quality products and exceptional customer service, Pelco has become the most sought-after
product supplier in the security industry.
Operating from the industry’s largest manufacturing complex, Pelco produces the most
respected offering of discreet camera domes and enclosures, electronic access control, video
matrix systems, next generation digital video recorders, IP solutions, and fiber optic
transmission systems for video/data – and much more – in the never-ending pursuit of achieving
100-percent customer satisfaction.
Respected as a major product innovator, Pelco also manufactures a large number of special
equipment items, including explosion-proof and pressurized camera enclosures, high-security
housings, and thermal imaging pan-tilt-zoom positioning systems. Pelco produces the industry-
acclaimed Spectra®, Camclosure®, Endura®, Intelli-M®, and Digital Sentry® product lines.
In addition, Pelco demonstrates its commitment to being an Open Systems Provider with
successful integrations and partnerships in such areas as Electronic Access Control, Video
Analytics, Central Station Alarm Monitoring and Video Monitoring, Cellular Phone-Video
Monitoring, Command and Control, Mobile Digital Video Recording, Point of Sale and Loss
Prevention Systems.
Pelco constantly strives to maintain its position as the most reliable manufacturer in the security
industry. And to that end, the company offers an impressive array of customer service programs
including: Guaranteed Ship Dates, 24-Hour Technical Assistance, and 24-Hour Turnaround on
Replacement Parts and Repairs, to name a few. Above all else, Pelco attributes its continued
success and growth to the company’s ability to provide courteous, on-time service and
dependable products.
From its impressive manufacturing facility located in Central California and through a
responsive global network of professional sales representatives, Pelco continues to offer new
technologies, products, and services that constantly confirm the company’s position as the
premier security systems and equipment manufacturer and strongest end-to-end player in the
security market.
WONDERWARE
Wonderware is the market leader in real-time operations management software. Wonderware

software delivers significant cost reductions associated with designing, building, deploying and
maintaining secure and standardized applications for manufacturing and infrastructure
operations. Our solutions enable companies to synchronize their production and industrial
operations with business objectives, obtaining the speed and flexibility to attain sustained
profitability.
Wonderware® Corporation, a business unit of Invensys plc, was established in April of 1987 to
develop and market human-machine interface (HMI) software products for use on IBM PC and
compatible computers in industrial and process automation applications.
The founders' design goals were to create object-oriented, graphical tools that adhered strictly to
the Microsoft® Windows® standard and provided the ease of use, sophisticated graphics and
animation, and product performance, quality and reliability previously unavailable in HMI
products. As the pioneer in the use of Windows in factory automation, Wonderware
fundamentally changed application development for manufacturing users and transcended the
competition to become the leading independent supplier of software for industrial automation.
From the introduction of its flagship HMI product in 1989 until early 1993, the company had no
Windows-based competition.
In April 1998, the industrial automation world was rocked by the news that Wonderware was
being acquired by UK-based Invensys plc (formerly Seibe plc). - a transaction valued at nearly
$375 million. Wonderware is now part of Invensys' Software Systems division.
MTS A U T H O R I Z E D D I S T R I B U T O R S H I P A G R E E M E N T S
In addition to Invensys products and its extensive list of 3rd party suppliers, we at MTS have an
affiliation with the following companies, listed in alphabetical order:
MTS A U T H O R I Z E D D I S T R I B U T O R S H I P IT P R O D U C T S
To complete our quality product offering, we at MTS have secured agreement with the
following computer and networking product manufacturers and suppliers. This is due to the
direct relationship between the advanced computer, networking technology and Automation
Industry. MTS warranty is complete and inclusive of all networking and computer products:
CREDENTIALS
DATA SHEETS OF SELECTED PROJECTS & PROJECTS LIST
The following list is a non-exhaustive list of the most recent projects completed and/or under
completion in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by Al Mayssan Technical Services. You may refer to
Projects Data Sheets for more details on selected projects:
Location Project Services
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Area 8 Pneumatic
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Areas 1&3, Hafar Al-Batin Electronic
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Areas 2&5, Hafar Al-Batin Elec./Electronic
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Army Engineer Ctr., & School, Hafar Al-Batin Pneumatic/Electronic
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Rec. Fac., Hafar Al-Batin Elec./Electronic
Hafar Al-Batin KKMC Retail Stores, Hafar Al-Batin Electronic
Riyadh Mentally Handicapped Boys & Girls School Pneumatic
Al-Jubail Methanol Plant Cont./Electronic
Al-Qassim Military Secondary School Electronic
Riyadh Military Survey Department Pneumatic
Jeddah Ministry of Defense and Aviation (MODA) Electronic
Hafar Al-Batin Ministry of Interior Internal Security Forces Hsg. Project Electronic
Al-Jubail Naval Base Elec./Electronic
Jeddah Petroline Office Electronic
Dammam Petromin Office Building Electronic
Dammam Petromin Office Building Complex Auto/Pneumatic
Jeddah Pfizer Pharmaceuticals Computer Networks
Kingdom Wide Product Supply to a private villas and offices Equipment Supply
Riyadh Royal Diplomatic Quarters Electronic
Riyadh Royal Guard Brigade Electronic
Jeddah Royal Palaces FCU Controls
Madinah Royal Pavilion, Madinah Airport Electronic
Riyadh Royal Saudi Airforce Base Auto/Pneumatic
Riyadh RSNF Comm. Ctr. Pneumatic/Electronic
Jeddah RSNF Royal Saudi Naval Force Electronic
Riyadh SABIC Pneumatic
Dammam SAMAREC Headquarters Building Automation
Dammam Saudi Milk and Cheese and Milk Factory Electronic
Taif Signal Center Pneumatic
Tabuk Squadron Operation Electronic
Dhahran University of Petroleum & Minerals Pneumatic
Medina Vocational School Electronic
Abha Votrakon School Pneumatic
Al-Hasa Votrakon School Pneumatic
Al-Jouf Votrakon School Electronic
Al-Qassim Votrakon School Pneumatic
Hail Votrakon School Electronic
Jeddah Votrakon School Pneumatic
Makkah Votrakon School Electronic
Riyadh Votrakon School Pneumatic
Najran Votrakon School, Wadi Dawasir Electronic
Skaka, Al-Jouf Votrakon Training School Pneumatic/Automatic
Yanbu Wastewater Treatment Electronic
Jeddah Tetra Pack Factory MCC – Electronic
Riyadh Abraj Atta’Awuneya (NCCI Project) BMS
Riyadh Abraj Atta’Awuneya, BMS Maintenance Contract Maintenance
Riyadh NCCI Project Wiring & Termination BMS – Installation
Riyadh SSR NCCI Project Equipment Supply
Jeddah National Guard HQ Building BMS
Jeddah Jamjoom Pharma Factory MCC - BMS
Riyadh Greek Embassy Electronic
Jeddah Saudi Japanese Pharmaceutical Factory MCC – Electronic
Jeddah Tamer Head Quarters Building MCC – Conventional
Jeddah Sofinfra MCC – Electronic
Riyadh British Airspace Building BMS
Riyadh Al Marai Dairy Plant BMS
Riyadh British Embassy BMS
Abha Jizan CPS SCADA System SCADA System
Jeddah Marriott Hotel BMS
Makkah Dar Al Rawasi Hotel BMS – Energy Saving
Jeddah HRH Prince Naif Family Palace FCU Controls
Jeddah Tetra Pack Factory Expansion Electronic
Jeddah Al Dahlawi Plaza MCC – Electronic
Jeddah Ministry of Interior FCU Controls
Jeddah National Guard Complex BMS - Maintenance
Madinah Taiba III Hotel BMS Maintenance BMS - Maintenance
Riyadh Royal Saudi Air Force Head Office MCC – Electronic
Jeddah Suad Juffali VAV – DDC Controls
Jeddah Abu Diab Office Building MCC – Electronic
Jeddah SAWARI II Phase I (STS) BMS
Riyadh HRH Prince Faisal Bin Turki Palace BMS
Hail Hai Interconnection BMS
Makkah Elaf Kinda Hotel BMS
Jeddah Sawari II – Phase 2, RSNV BMS
Madinah Preventive Maintenance and Management for the
Central Area Utility Culvert System PH 1 BMS – EIB
Khamis RAPCON Radar Stations MCC – DDC Controls
Tabuk RAPCON Radar Stations MCC – DDC Controls
Taif RAPCON Radar Stations MCC – DDC Controls
Madinah Luqmani Hotel BMS
Jeddah Zuhair Al Azim Villa Electronic
Asir Asir Central Power Station – Avantis CMMS CMMS
Eastern Provence MCC – DDC Controls -
Haradh Bachelor Camp – Saudi Aramco BMS
Gas / Oil EP2 – Saudi Aramco BMS
Riyadh Saudi American Bank Headquarters BMS – Energy Saving
Makkah Ajyad Al Sud Hotel MCC – Electronic
Jeddah National Guard Pumping Station BMS
Madinah Plot 152 Hotel BMS
Taif Government Buildings - Ministry of Finance BMS
Riyadh Saudi American Bank – New Offices at Kingdom Tower BMS
Jeddah Tetra Pack Factory Expansion Electronic
Jizan Jizan Airport MCC – DDC Controls
Madinah Imart Al Madinah BMS
Jeddah Tahlia Shopping Center BMS
Makkah Le Mareidian Al Majd BMS
Madinah Luqmani Project Metering BMS
Qatif MCC – DDC Controls -
Qatif Facilities GASOSP 1 – Saudi Aramco BMS
Madinah Oberoi Hotel BMS
Jeddah STC - Control Room BMS
Riyadh Saudi American Bank – New Offices Electronic
Makkah STC - Main Building Makkah BMS
Jeddah Marriott Jeddah Extintion BMS
Riyadh Prince Al Waleed Bin Talal Office KT FCU Controls
Jeddah STC Nnuzlah (Training Center) BMS
Makkah STC - Al Omra Makkah STKT BMS
Jeddah APV MCC – Electronic
Jeddah STC Jawhara BMS
Ain Dar & Shedgum Saudi Aramco BMS
MCC – DDC Controls -
Yanbu Yanbu Refinery BMS
Jeddah Radwa Factory MCC – DDC Controls
Riyadh Panda Hyper Market BMS
Riyadh Mobiliy Offices KT BMS
Kingdom wide /
Syria Carrefour Supermarkets BMS
Makkah Le Mareidian Makkah Extension BMS
Makkah Om Al Qura University Zaher (Most Buildings) BMS
Makkah DOKAA Parking CO Sensor BMS
Jeddah Zuhair Fayez New HQ Building BMS
Riyadh RSNF (TEST) BMS
Riyadh Saudi British Bank BMS
Makkah Le Mareidian Towers BMS
Jeddah Bugshan Villa Home Automation
Jeddah Sulaimania Plaza Shoping Center BMS
Makkah Om Al Qura University Abdia (Most Buildings) BMS
Taif Le Mareidian Hotel BMS
Jeddah TV Complex BMS
Riyadh TV Building Khorais Road (SSCL) BMS
Improvement Of Jamarat Bridge & Surrounding Area In
Makkah Mina BMS
Jeddah Al Andalus Panda (Musharabia) BMS
Riyadh Panda Dist. Facility (TECHNO) BMS - EIB
Madinah Car Park Haram Project BMS
Madinah Qibla Project BMS – Metering
Riyadh Al Othiam Mall - Rabwa 2 ( BMS
Jeddah Andalus Mall BMS
Jeddah Flamingo Mall BMS
Jeddah Jeddah Airport Parking CO Control
Jizan King Abdul Aziz University BMS
Riyadh King Abdullah GAHO – ( Saudi Co ) BMS
Eastern Provence Panda Jarir Mall ( Techno ) BMS
Makkah Pilot Project for Pilgrims Residential Buildings, Mina BMS
Riyadh SABB Headquarter ( SABB BMS
Riyadh SAMBA Kingdom Centre 11th BMS
Eastern Provence Saudi Aramco Nuayyim Building ( SSCL BMS
Eastern Provence Saudi Aramco Nuayyim GOSP ( SSCL BMS
Makkah Tower H - DOKAA, Makkah BMS
CLIENT TESTIMONIALS
ALLIED
Al Mayssan Technical Services Co. Ltd.
P.O.Box 7435, Jeddah 21462, Saudi Arabia
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Abraj Atta’awuneya, Riyadh
PROJECT REFERENCES PROJECT DATA:

Twin towered building in Riyadh, rising more than 20 levels,
with 3 basement levels and a total built-up area of 74,000 m2.
Building Type: Commercial / Office Building
CLIENT INFORMATION: Description: 85 AHUs
8 Chillers
6 TES Tanks (26 MWh of Storage)
20 Pumps with VFD for CWS
Exhaust Fans
Car Pak Ventilation
Exterior and interior lighting control
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: More than 5000 physical points
Special • Full Control of a Thermal Energy
Features: Storage System
• Billing System (Electrical & BTU)
• Energy Monitoring (Electrical & BTU)
• Control of Energy Saving VAV AHUs
• More then 500 screens (1280 x 1024)
MAIN CONTRACTOR: • Full Building Management System
• Lighting Control
Integration: Open Protocol with Chillers
Interface: Fire Alarm System
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

National Guard Headquarters, Jeddah

National Guard headquarters building in the Western Region of
Saudi Arabia. Consisting of Seven Buildings.
Building Type: Government Building
Description: 27 AHUs
CLIENT INFORMATION: 5 Chillers
6 Pumps
23 Exhaust Fans
3 Supply Fans
20 Lighting Control Panels
54 Fan Coil Units
7 Elevators
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: 5 Package Units
11 Transformers
11 MV Panels and 6 LVSG
3 Generators
Sewage, Rain, Potable, Fuel, Sump pumps
Special Features: Full Building Management Systems
MAIN CONTRACTOR: CCTV System
Security System
Telephone System
Irrigation System
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Marriott Hotel, Jeddah

Complete BMS for the AHUs and Chillers only. Signal
Software was used to manage the AHUs only with
objective of saving energy. The system was installed in
1996 and upgraded in 1999. Since then, an annual
CLIENT: saving of 13% has been sustained and documented on
the hotel total electricity bill. The above saving is in-spite
of the fact that all 322 FCUs have remained on
conventional controls and not connected to BMS.
Building Type: Hotel Building
Description: Building Management System

14 AHU
8 Chillers
4 Pumps
Special Features: Y2K Compliant System

Energy Saving System
Interface: Chilled Water System

Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Tetra Pak Factory, Jeddah

This is a medium size factory warehouse and administration
building on Jeddah Warehouse City, for production of a wide
range of food and beverage packaging and containers. The
CLIENT INFORMATION:
total built up area is 7,239 m2. Siebe’s Conventional Control
System 8000 was used.
Building Type: Commercial Office Building
Description: 8 AHUs
CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
2 Chillers
3 Pumps for CWS
VAV Interlock
FCU Interlock
MAIN CONTRACTOR:
Special Features: Automatic Chiller Sequencing
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Tamer Head Office, Jeddah

Prestigious 8-level office building to serve as Tamer Group
head-office. Siebe’s Conventional Control System 8000 was
used.
CLIENT INFORMATION:
Building Type: Commercial Office Building
Description: 8 AHUs
2 Chillers
3 Pumps for CWS
VAV Interlock
FCU Interlock
Special Features: Pressure Monitoring and Control

MAIN CONTRACTOR:
AZZAM
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Air Frame & Paint Workshop, Jeddah

Helicopter airframe and painting workshop, with a number of
offices. The system operates in different levels of cooling as
called for by the process (painting, drying, etc.)
CLIENT INFORMATION: Building Type: Workshop

Description: 3 Chillers
4 Primary Chilled Water Pumps
6 Secondary Chilled Water Pumps
2 Background Cooling Pumps
2 AHUs (for background cooling)
10 Process Cooling Units
MAIN CONTRACTOR: 16 Process Extract Fans
24 Constant Air Volume Boxes
Special • Dew Point Control
Features: • Explosion Proof Panels
• Intrinsically Safe Instruments
• Sophisticated Controls for Hanger
Pressure Balancing at 60,000 m3/hr
CIVIL CONTRACTOR: of airflow
• Optimum chiller use, with bypass
• Control of Waste Water Handling
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

SAJA Pharmaceuticals, Jeddah

Sophisticated control system for a large pharmaceutical plant in
Jeddah Industrial Area. Dew point with first out logic control.
Building Type: Manufacturing Pharmaceutical Plant
CLIENT INFORMATION: Description: 19 Control Panels (MCCs)
3 Chillers
7 Pumps 3 with VFDs
12 AHUs 10 with VFD
90 CAVs and VAVs
53 Clean Rooms
4 Temp. & Humidity Recorders (12Ch.)
219 Room Indicators
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: Fuel Oil System for Generator Control
Fuel Oil System for Boiler Control
Hot Water for HVAC Control
Hot Water for Faucet Control
Steam System Control
Town Water System Control
Dust Collecting Units Control
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Special Features: Dew Point Control
Room to Room Pressure Control
Humidity Control
Temperature Control
Air Flow Control
Clean Room Environment Control
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Jamjoom Pharma, Jeddah

One of the largest pharmaceutical factories in the kingdom,
Jamjoom Pharma is an excellent example of an intelligent
CLIENT INFORMATION: building at work.
Building Type: Pharmaceutical factory with Clean
Rooms and storage areas.
4 Chilled Water Pumps
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: 20 AHUs
16 Airflow Measurement Stations
48 CAV and VAV boxes
Pressure Control of 60+ rooms
Special Features: A sophisticated control program is
MAIN CONTRACTOR: used to monitor and control room to
room pressure and maintains them to
ALLIED specific differentials.

Interface: Interface with Fire Alarm System
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Tetra Pak Factory Expansion, Jeddah

This project is a major expansion to the existing factory
warehouse and administration building on Jeddah
Warehouse City. The factory produces a wide range of food
and beverage packaging and containers. The total built up
CLIENT: area is 7,250 m2.
Building Type: Factory with production areas, offices,
and warehouses
5 Chilled Water Pumps
13 AHUs
DESIGNER: 10+ fans
Special Features: An interface with the laminator
machine (from Tetra Pak, Sweden)
allows our control system to assess the
ventilation and airflow requirement of
the manufacturing process and
respond to it.
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Integration: Fault Indication Panel (Master & Slave)
Interface: Interface with Laminator machine
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Dar Al Rawasi Hotel, Makkah

This is an impressive hotel building, being constructed just near
The House of Nabawi Birth on Al-Masjid Al-Haram Square, Al
Gazzah District. The hotel consists of 487 rooms, a shopping
center located on the ground floor, general public area, restaurants
OWNER: and public parking with a total built-up area of 20,470 m2. The
building has a state of the art building management system utilizing
the latest available technology in the field of Energy Conservation
and Human Comfort. This advanced system will not only improve
environmental conditions but will pay back the initial investment by
saving on utility bills.
Building Type: Hotel & Commercial Building
INVESTOR:
Description: 555 FCUs
6 Chillers
3 Pumps
Special • Energy Saving System
Features: • Improved Tenant Comfort
• First LonMark® Installation in KSA
DESIGNER: • Open and Interoperable System
• Scalable and Extensible System
• Complete BMS
• MN-S4-FCS Hospitality Fan Coil Sensor
• Self-compensating Temperature
• I/A Series of Products
• Sound Investment: Short Pay Back Period
E & M CONTRACTOR:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Saudi American Bank HQ, Riyadh
CLIENT INFORMATION: A Retrofit installation of a Building Management system in the

two buildings making up the bank’s headquarters and Riyadh
regional office building.
Building Type: Bank / Office Building
Description: 21 AHUs
11 Chillers
MAIN CONTRACTOR: 13 Pumps for CWS and TES
40 Lighting Control points (all floors)
More than 1000 physical points
Special • Control of AHUs in both buildings

Features: • Control of a Thermal Energy Storage
System (TES)
• Designed to save electrical energy
Integration: Existing field equipment by various

manufacturers
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

SAMBA Offices at the Kingdom Center
A Prestigious project at one of the most spectacular buildings

CLIENT INFORMATION:
in Riyadh: the Kingdom Trade Center. Occupying floors 1
through 6 of the tower, SAMBA has installed a state-of-the art
BMS system that allows individual zone control to its executive
offices in the building
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: Building Type: Bank / Office Building
Description: Cold Air supplied from landlord’s AC

system
160 VAVs, fully BMS linked
Optimization of Energy Use
Special • Full override capability

Features: • Linked to Fire Alarm System
• Historical Trending of temps.
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Integration: Existing field equipment by various

manufacturers
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Le Majd Meridien Hotel, Makkah

CLIENT INFORMATION: This is a Hotel with unique location, steps away Al Haram. The
hotel is more than 20 stores high consists of 300 keys, full hotel
services, and two restaurants. The building has a state of the art
building management system and a room management system
utilizing the latest available technology in the field of Energy
Conservation, hotel management and Human Comfort. This
HOTEL INFORMATION: advanced system will not only improve environmental conditions
but will pay back the initial investment by saving on utility bills.
Description: HVAC System 372 FCUs, 2 Chillers, 3 CWS
Pumps, 2 FA AHUs, 4 EX Fans, 3 Supply Fans,
Mini-Splits
Cold & Hot Water System with Tanks &
Pumps, Submersible
Fire System Detection By Zone, Exit Open,
MAIN CONTRACTOR:
Diesel-Electric-Jockey Pumps, Evacuation
Generator Set Fuel Day Tank, Diesel Pump
Electrical Systems Secondary Panels, Main
LV Panels
Other Systems Walk-In Coolers, Elevators,
Garbage Washing, Telephone PABX, UPS
Complete Room Management System Mini
Bar, Lighting Control, Room Makeup, Do Not
Disturb, Help Switch Bed Side, Key Card
Status, Water Leak Detection, FCU Control
E & M INSTALLER: Special • Energy Building Management System
Features: • Open and Interoperable LonWork® System
• Chiller Interface, Fire Alarm Interface
• Maintenance Software
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT FOR
THE UTILITY CULVERT PROJECT, MEDINA

Upon completion, this project will be among the world largest
CLIENT INFORMATION: EIB systems serving the entire underground services culverts
in Central Medina around Al Nabawi Mosque. System
objectives are Safety, Security, Monitoring and Control. The
Culverts will be monitored and controlled from a central
control room and automatically linked to the authorities. The
Control Room equipped with servers and world best Human
Machine Interface and 3D graphics. System operators will
work 24H/365Days to monitor and control the culverts.
Building Type: Underground Utilities
Description: • Monitoring of Smoke
• Monitoring of Water Leaks
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: • Lighting Control
• Submersible Pumps Monitoring
• Control of Ventilation System
• Control and Monitoring Entrances
• Monitoring Occupants Movements
• Security, S.O.S. and Life Safety
Special Features: • Sophisticated Fiber Optic Network
• Sophisticated Control Room
MAIN CONTRACTOR:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

IMARAT AL - MADINAH

Imarat Al Madinah building is located in a prime location on the ring
CLIENT INFORMATION: road around the central area. The building will be more than
60,000m2 in area built on a 36,000m2 plot. The building will house
the Imara and all its departments. The building has a state of the
art building management system utilizing the latest available
technology in the field of Energy Conservation. A native Open and
Interoperable LonWork® network installed.
Building Type: Government Office Building

CONSULTANT INFORMATION: Description: HVAC System 16CAV AHUs, 16VAV AHUs,
2IT AHUs, FCUs,198VAVs, 6 Chillers, 7 CWS
Pumps (in two chiller plants), EX Fans, Supply
Fans, Mini-Splits, Duct Heaters
Plumping System with Tanks & Pumps,
Submersible Pumps, Irrigation
Cold & Hot Water System with Tanks &
Pumps
Fire System Diesel-Electric-Jockey Pumps
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Generator Set Fuel Day Tank, Diesel Pump
LV Panels, Lighting Control Panels
Other Systems Elevators, Telephone PABX,
UPS, CCTV System, Clock System, MATV
System, Public Address System, Data System
Special • Energy Building Management System

MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR: Features: • Open and Interoperable LonWork® System
• Chiller Interface, Fire Alarm Interface
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

ELAF KINDA HOTEL, Makkah
AJYAD AL SUD HOTEL, Makkah
ELAF KINDA HOTEL AJYAD AL SUD HOTEL

PROJECT REFERENCES PROJECT REFERENCES
OWNER: OWNER:
‫ﺷﺮآﺔ إﻋﻤﺎر‬
E & M CONTRACTOR: E & M CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT DATA: PROJECT DATA:

This is an impressive hotel building, This is a Hotel in Ajyad Al Sud
being steps away from Haram. This 4
stars hotel has 165 rooms. Building Type: Hotel Building
Description: AHUs, FCUs,
Building Type: Hotel Building Ex. Fans
Description: 4 Chillers MCCs
4 Pumps Primary
4 Secondary Pumps
MCC with VFDs
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

BACHELOR CAMP, HARADH

This is one of Saudi Aramco mega projects where they turn
CLIENT INFORMATION: sand to a complete city with all what a city normally needs,
including housing, shops, services, etc. The project is
scheduled to go on-stream in December 2003 and will
process 1.6 billion scfd of non-associated gas from fields in
the South Ghawar area. The project also provides for gas
gathering manifolds, condensate handling and processing
facilities, and pipeline to deliver gas to customers. This
particular part of the project is a number of non-industrial
buildings that make up the Bachelor Camp. 12 buildings have
controls, some of which have more than one control panel.
CONSULTANT: Each building is independent of the others. Buildings are air
conditioned by AHUs. Each building has one Control Panel
that houses the DDCs and Touch Screen used to control the
building. Some buildings have VAV units. The buildings are:
Terminal Industrial
Lighting Vault
Building Security Building
Furniture and
Sewage Switchgear
Maintenance
Treatment Plant Building
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Building
Three
Community Operations
Residential
Center Support Building
Buildings
A sophisticated Chilled Water control system was supplied,
with an interfacing with Carrier’s Data-Link system. Only this
building has a BMS.
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

GAS/OIL SEPARATION PLANT 2, HARADH

This is a part of Haradh Arabian Light Crude Increment II.
CLIENT INFORMATION: This particular part of the project is related to Gas Oil
Separation Plant (GOSP). The project consists of three
main buildings as follows:
Control Building: houses the control room controlling

entire project, all sensitive computers and DCS systems are
in this building. This building has two redundant AHUs
cooled by ACCUs, in addition to 15 VAV boxes. Room
temperature, relative humidity, and pressure are being
controlled and monitored. The action of the HVAC system
and the Fire/Smoke dampers are being controlled. H2S
MAIN CONTRACTOR: levels and smoke are measured, and the system will
interact with it according to the set conditions.
Switchgear Building: houses the electrical and power

switchgear of the plant. This building has two redundant
AHUs cooled by ACCUs. Room temperatures are being
controlled. The action of the HVAC system and the
Fire/Smoke dampers are being controlled. H2S levels and
smoke are measured, and the system will interact with it
according to the set conditions.
E & M CONTRACTORS: Maintenance Building: houses the maintenance facilities

of the plant. This building has two Rooftop cooling units.
Room temperatures are being controlled. The action of the
HVAC and the Fire/Smoke dampers are being controlled.
All control panels have touch screens that allow operators

to change set points and monitor readings.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

PLOT 152 HOTEL, Madina
LUQMANI HOTEL, Madina
PLOT 152 HOTEL PROJECT LUQMANI HOTEL PROJECT

REFERENCES REFERENCES
OWNER INFORMATION: OWNER INFORMATION:
‫أﺑﻨﺎء اﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﺢ اﻟﻘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
MAIN CONTRACTOR INFORMATION: CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION:
PROJECT DATA:
This is a 364 room hotel building built on Plot 152
in Central Madina. An energy saving system based PROJECT DATA:
on occupancy was installed.
This is a 450 rooms Hotel in Central Area.
Description: 5 Chillers, 4 Pumps Building Type: Hotel Building
6 AHUs, 403 FCUs Description: 5 Chillers, 5 Pumps
Motor Control Center 4 AHUs, 468 FCUs
Ex Fans, Supply Fans MCCs
Fire Alarm, FM200 Full BMS
Water Systems, Tanks, etc..
Occupancy Sensors, Elevators
Generators, Electrical Systems
Full BMS system
Tel & Fax: 02 667 6251 / 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Al Marai Company Ltd., Al Kharj

Sophisticated control system for one of the largest dairy plants
in the Kingdom. The control system covers the production area
and buildings.
CLIENT INFORMATION: Building Type: Manufacturing Dairy Plant and Offices.

Description: 10 Control Panels (MCCs)
30 AHUs 2 with VFD
28 CAVs and 2 VAVs
Clean Room Air Quality
20 Ex. Fans
2 Boilers
Water System
Compressed Air Monitoring
Special Features: Humidity Control
Temperature Control
Air Flow Control
Full BMS
Clean Room Environment Control
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

HAIL INTERCONNECTION, HAIL

This project is part of the vast Saudi Electrical Company
CLIENT INFORMATION: power network covering the entire Kingdom. The building
houses the interconnection of two high voltage power
lines.
Building Type: Power & Utility Building

Description: Air Conditioning System: PACUs Auto,
Run, Trip, Switching - PACU Electric
Heater Switching - PACU Cooling Stage
Switching - PACU General Alarm -
Fire/Smoke Damper (Alarms) - PACU
Filter Blocked - Exhaust Fans Run, Trip -
MAIN CONTRACTOR: Damper Control - Supply and Return Air
Temperature
Battery Room Ventilation: SFs Auto,

Run, Trip, On/Off Switching – Filter
Blocked - EFs Auto, Run, Trip, Switching
Forced Ventilation System: Vent. Units

Auto, Run, Trip, Switching - Bleed Fans
Run, Trip - Vent. Units General Alarms -
Fire/Smoke Damper (Alarms) - Vent.
Units Filter Blocked - EFs GIS Auto,
Run, Trip, Switching - Motorized Volume
Damper Actuators Switching
Complete BMS
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

RSNF - STS - Sawari II PH-1, Jeddah

Two buildings make up the Specialized Training School for
Sawari II project. The school has a state of the art training
facility, including flight and radar simulators that require
completed control for HVAC.
CLIENT INFORMATION:
Building Type: Military Training School
Description: • 2 Chillers
• 3 Primary Chilled Water Pumps
• 4 Process Chilled Water Pumps
• 19 AHUs
• 4 Process Cooling Units
INT’L MAIN CONTRACTOR: • 6 Process Extract Fans
• Conventional Control FCU
Features: • Explosion Proof Equipment
• Intrinsically Safe Instruments
• Sophisticated Controls with
temperature and humidity control
LOCAL MAIN CONTRACTOR: • Full BMS
E & M CONTRACTORS:
ARCOD
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

RSNF – Sawari II PH-2, Jeddah

Eleven buildings make up the Head Quarters, Operation and
Maintenance for Sawari II project. The building houses many
facilities including a painting building that requires very
sophisticated controls. The site houses multiple HMI station in
CLIENT INFORMATION: multiple control rooms. The system was designed on a native
LonMark® network.
Building Type: Military Buildings
17 Primary Chilled Water Pumps
70 PACU
INT’L MAIN CONTRACTOR: 7 AHUs
165 SSUs
51 Ex. Fans 8 F.A. Fans
Hot Water System
Other Pumps and sub-systems
Features: • Explosion Proof Equipment
LOCAL MAIN CONTRACTOR: • Intrinsically Safe Instruments
• Sophisticated Controls with
temperature and humidity control
• Full BMS
E & M CONTRACTORS:
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

IT SOLUATIONS - VARIOUS
PRIME CUSTOMERS: SERVICES:

We at MTS have realized the importance of the IT
development in the past 10 years and its increased positive
influence on the automation business. Our services are as
follows:
• LAN/WAN Design & Implementation.
• Enterprise Asset Management Consultancy.
• Computerized Maintenance Management System.
• External Storage Specialists.
• Intel Server Builders.
• I/O Integration.
• Multi Platform Software Development.
• Vertical Industrial Solutions from Plant Floor to
Board Room.
BRAND NAMES:
PRIME PROJECTS:
• CMMS system SEC.
• Fiber-Optic network under Central Area Madina.
• Chiller Interface Saudi Aramco.
• I/O Interface with Third Party for Automation projects.
• Pfizer Saudi Arabia Network.
• Islamic Development Bank wireless network.
• Bus Management Software for HAS a Hajj Company.
• Building IT Infrastructure for Labbeik, a IT company for
Hajj services.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
info@almayssan.com
PROJECT DATA SHEET

GAS/OIL SEPARATION PLANT I, QATIF

CLIENT INFORMATION: The Qatif Gas Oil Separation Plant - I is one of the largest
such plants in the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia and
was the largest such project to be completed in 2004 in the
kingdom. Our scope was to control all HVAC aspects in 19
buildings throughout the facility.
• 19 Buildings, including the Central DCS Room

• 7000+ I/O Points
CONSULTANT: • Includes AHUs, PACUs, FCUs, VAVs, and a
Chilled Water System
• Control of Temperature, Relative Humidity, and
Building Pressures
• Control Loops included Cooling, Heating,
Humidification, De-humidification, and
Pressurization
• Software Interface with the Plant DCS System
through a serial RS-232 MODBUS link (using
MAIN CONTRACTOR: MODBUS OPC Server)
• Trending of all key measurements and status
points for a year back with automatic rollover
• Network consists of six LonWorks segments, with a
10 Mbps Ethernet backbone
• Utilizing LRE technology from Cisco
• 2 to 3 seconds end-to-end response time
• RAID Mirror hard disk array on central HMI
E & M CONTRACTORS: workstation
• A Touchscreen on every control panel, showing
key measurements and alarms
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

HVAC CONTROL & BMS SYSTEMS, KSA
REMOTE ALARM MONITORING CENTER, JEDDAH
REMOTE ALARM MONITORING &

SUPERVISORY CONTROL PROJECT HVAC CONTROL & MONITORING
MAIN CONTROL ROOM, JEDDAH SYSTEMS KINGDOM WIDE
CONTRACTOR INFORMATION: CONTRACTOR INFORMATION:
PROJECT DATA: PROJECTS DATA:

Supply and Installation of a complete Control Panels and BMS for Chillers, Air
monitoring system that all alarms and Handling Units, Split and Package
status points of all equipments within Units. Programming of controllers for
the STC property are being monitored standby and weekly rotation for
by the Central Alarm System located in equipment as per STC’s sequence of
Nuzlah Central Office, in addition to operation. Projects locations are as
Supervisory Control Capabilities. follows:
There are eight exchange sites that are Makkah:

monitored in the main control room, • STC Main Building.
namely: • STC Al Umrah Exchange.
• Salamah Exchange.
Jeddah:
• Nuzhah Exchange.
• STC Jawharah Exchange.
• Mohammadiyah Exchange.
• STC Sulaymaniyah Exchange.
• Safa Exchange.
• STC Nuzlah Training Center.
• Shirafiyah Exchange.
• Sulaymaniyah Exchange.
• Jawharah Exchange.
• Rabigh Exchange.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

UMM AL-QURA UNIVERSITY
PROJECT REFERENCES BUILDINGS:

• Al Zaher Girls Campus:
CLIENT INFORMATION:
o Main Auditorium.
o College of Dawa.
o College of Arabic Language.
o Sports Center.
o Pedestrian Bridge.
o College of Applied Science Phase I & II.
o College of Sharia.
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: o Dean of Girls.
o Library Building.
• AlAbdiya Boys Campus:
o College of Applied Science Phase-II.

o College of Social Science.
o Retail Shops.
o Class Rooms Building.
MAIN CONTRACTOR 1:
o College of Dawa and Usoul Al Deen.
o Mosque.
o College of Arabic Language.
o Clinic, PTT & Service Center.
o Student Center.
MAIN CONTRACTOR 2: o Auditorium Building.
o College of Medicine (Lab Extension).
o Central Control Chiller Plant 1 & 2.
o College of Scientific Research & Revival of
Islamic Culture.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
info@almayssan.com
PROJECT DATA SHEET

ALL CARREFOUR HYPERMARKETS IN SAUDI

Carrefour, established in 1963 in Paris, maintains the top position in
CLIENT INFORMATION: European mass retailing and the second worldwide. Our scope was
to control and monitor all HVAC, Lighting, Electrical Systems etc. for
both Comfort and Energy consumption.
Description: HVAC System FCU or PACU, FAHUs,

Smoke E Fans.
CONSULTANT: Fire System Diesel-Electric-Jockey Pumps,
Evacuation
Generator Set Fuel Day Tank, Diesel Pump
Lighting Systems All Main lighting Circuits
LV Panels
Other Systems Elevators, UPS
Power System power meter with Modbus
Special Features: • Energy Building Management System
• Open and Interoperable LonWork System
®
MAIN CONTRACTORS:
List of Completed Projects:
1. Flamingo, Riyadh.
2. Granada, Riyadh.
3. Le Mall, Riyadh.
4. Bustan, Riyadh.
5. Al Rashid Mall, Al Khobar.
6. Sulaimania Plaza, Jeddah.
7. Jamjoom Center, Jeddah.
8. Al Rashid Mall, Madina.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

IMPROVEMENT OF JAMARAT BRIDGE

Following the January 2006 Hajj, the old bridge was demolished and
CLIENT INFORMATION: construction began on a new multi-level bridge. The new bridge contains a
wider column-free interior space and expanded jamrat pillars many times longer
than their pre-2006 predecessors. Additional ramps and tunnels were built for
easier access, and bottlenecks were engineered out. Large canopies are
planned to cover each of the three jamrat pillars to protect pilgrims from the
desert sun. Ramps are also being built adjacent to the pillars to speed
evacuation in the event of an emergency. The new bridge has a state of the art
building management system utilizing the latest available technology in the field
of Smart Buildings. A fiber-optic network was implemented and a native Open
®
and Interoperable LonWork network installed.
Description: • 4 Levels + Basement.
• 4 Service Buildings.
•
‫دار اﻟﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ‬ •
2
11
Helipad Towers.
Escalators Buildings.
Dar Al Handasa • 2 Underpasses.
Systems: • Building Management System (14,000 Points):
• 520 Desert Coolers.
• 40 Exhaust and Supply Fans.
• 26 Sewage, Left, Water Pumps Sets.
• 6 Fire Fighting Water Systems.
• 6 Fuel Oil Systems & Generator Sets.
MAIN CONTRACTOR: • 44 Package AC Units.
• 42 DX AHU.
• 73 AC Split Units.
• 38 Electrical Sub-Stations.
• CO Monitoring and Control.
• Visibility Monitoring.
• Escalators Monitoring.
• Fire Alarm Interface.
• Multiple Control Room.
• Fiber Optic Network.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

LE MERIDIEN TOWERS, MAKKAH
PROJECT REFERENCES BUILDINGS:

CLIENT INFORMATION: One of the largest investment projects in Mecca,
consisting of 8 towers 20 stories of luxurious hotel units
that contain 2,385 rooms distributed over 1,335 units
occupying 165,000 square meters. There are 15
residential floors per tower and all towers have 5 or 6
floors of parking, lobby, reception, shops, restaurants,
prayer rooms and services. The project is located in
PROJECT OPERATOR: Rawabi Ajyad, which is very close to the holly Masjid.
It is located at the entrance of the tunnels of King Abdul
Aziz's door, which lead directly to the yard of Al-
Masjid Al-Haram without any obstacle.
It is a modern district with a prestigious atmosphere.

The project is also distinctive in the pioneering
architectural designs and the high quality of building
specifications, which provide all facilities of modern
life. A state of the art Building Management System
was ordered primarily to Improve Tenant Comfort and
Reduce Energy Consumption. The project has more
than 22,000 physical I/O points. Each building is
designed to work as standalone and connected to other
MAIN CONTRACTOR:
buildings on a sophisticated IP network to a central
control room.
P.O. Box 7435, Jeddah 21462, Saudi Arabia
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Industrial Park Water SCADA, KAEC
CLIENT INFORMATION: The SCADA system based on Hot Standby

redundant PLCs with Local touch & central HMI
is mainly concerned with the Water Distribution
and Storage management for Potable, Fire
Fighting, Irrigation & Sewage water systems in
Industrial Park, KAEC.
CONSULTANT INFORMATION: Industry Type: Water Sector
Description: 03 Pumping Stations

05 Water Tanks
E+H Process Instrumentation
Special Features:
Schneider Electric Hot standby Premium PLCs
MAIN CONTRACTOR: (06 No.) with RIOs on Ethernet & 12” Touch
Local color HMI along with Central Vijeo Citect
HMI SCADA station with Reports and Alarm
Printers.
Integration:
Fire Fighting system, Generator & MV
Switchgear & ATS Control Panels.
Interface:
Interface with Facility BMS on Ethernet. Also a
provision for remote Wireless connectivity for
future Kingdome wide integration has been
provided.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Sludge Plant Control Upgrade, KSTP, Jeddah
CLIENT INFORMATION: The Project is an upgrade and restructuring of

the PLC control system to the latest of Schneider
Electric PLC and Modes of operation
optimization in the Sludge Dewatering Plant.
The System control & monitors the Belt press

Machines, Chemical Dosing & Washings Pumps
and the residue conveyor systems both in Auto
MAIN CONTRACTOR: and Manual Modes.
Industry Type: Water Sector
Description: 06 Belt Press Machines

02 Polymer Dosing Units
03 Wash Pumps
06 Inlet Pumps
02 Conveyer Systems
02 Sludge Tanks
Special Features:
Schneider Electric Premium PLC with 03 STB
islands on Ethernet & 12” Color Touch screen
HMI.
Integration: Plant SCADA interface on Modbus

TCP/IP through FOC with Master Control Room.
Interface: Provision for Interface with Facility

Distributed Control Stations on Ethernet and
Field Equipment on Modbus.
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Effluent Station Control System Upgrade, KSTP
CLIENT INFORMATION: This Project is an upgrade and retrofit of the PLC

control system to the latest of Schneider Electric
PLC and Motor Protection Systems. The
Effluent station with an inflow sewage @
20m3/Minute was a real challenge to upgrade
without a shutdown on the plant.
The old control system was decommissioned

MAIN CONTRACTOR: and all the 05 pumps were commissioned with
the new PLC control & Protection systems
without any shutdown on the station.
Description: 05 Effluent Pumps

01Tank
Special Features: Schneider Electric M340 PLC

with in rack Digital & Analogue I/Os.
Integration: Plant SCADA interface on Modbus

TCP/IP with Master Control Room.
Interface: Interface with Facility Distributed

control stations on Ethernet and Field Equipment
on Modbus RS-485.
Al Mays
ssan Techn
nical Serv
vices Co. Ltd.
L
P.O. Box 74335, Jeddah 21462, Saudi Arabiia
Tel: 02 667 6251
6 Fax: 02 66
67 1312
PRO T DAT
OJECT TA SHEET
H
Mash
haaer Al
A Muqadda
assah Metro
o SL, Makka
M h
CT REFERE
PROJEC ENCES PRO
OJECT DATA:
MMM MP Metro being a paramountt mile stone in n the Kingdom’’s

CLIENT INFORMATION: visio
on for safe an nd comfortable e Pilgrimage in n Holy Makkah
conssists of 09 Passsenger Station ns, 03 EEPs and 19 support
build
dings distributed
d along the track length of 19 KM
K with 300,000
P/H capacities.
Durinng Hajj a life tim

me spiritual expe
erience and Go
overnment’s zerro
tolerance for any kiind of System ffailure; The Mak kkah Metro is at
a
peakk of the finest annd detailed Engineering.
MOM
MRA
n environment where
In an w safety is the Start and th
he End the MTS S
SCAADA & BMS sysstems are the backbone Integ grals behind the
CONSULTANT INFORM
MATION: scenne making planss a reality.
e of the art MTS systems interfaces the sttations, EEPs &

State
Depoot to the Opera ation Control C
Center (OCC) where
w any Alarmm
cond
dition is notified
d and the OCC C is given the access to takke
remeedial/containment actions.
MTSS Systems (SC CADA & BMS) being present at all these
build
dings and Statio
ons are handlin
ng almost 70,0000 signals in the
entire project, wheere a minute state change e is processed d,
impleemented and lo
ogged as per the
e various operattional modes.
Industry Type: Public Transports
Systems: (88) Hot R

Redundant PLC Cs & RTUs
MAIN CONTRACTOR
O : (1900) MNBB-1000 & MNB-3 300 DDCs
(10) 32” C
Citect HMI Serv
ver Stations
(04) 15” T
Touch Screen HMI
H Panels
Spec cial Features:

In short HVAC, LV V, P&D, Lightting, Fire Alarm
m, Rail System m
SCA ADA OCC, Auxiliary Systems & interfaces are e controlled and
monitored. Beside the local controll & monitoring action,
a any alarm
m
conddition is notified in OCC and th
hrough web inteerface pinpointed
to the operators.
gration: The va
Integ arious Metro SSystems are integrated using
Modbus TCP/IP, Mo odbus RS-485, HTTP & BACneet
Tel: 02 667 6251 Fax: 02 667 1312
PROJECT DATA SHEET

Khumra Sewage Treatment Plant, Jeddah
CLIENT INFORMATION: The Project is an upgrade and restructuring of

the PLC control system to the latest of Schneider
Electric PLC and Modes of operation
optimization. The process comprised of Sludge
dewatering Plant, Chemical dosing and Effluent
stations control & Monitoring.

MAIN CONTRACTOR:
Description: 06 Belt Press Dewatering Plant
02 Polymer Dosing units
03 Wash pumps
05 Effluent Stations Pumps
Special Features: Schneider Electric Premium

PLC with 03 STB islands on Ethernet & M340
PLC stations.
Integration: Plant SCADA interface on Ethernet

through FOC with Master Control Room.
Interface: Provision for Interface with Facility

Distributed control stations on Ethernet and Field
Equipment on Modbus.
STATEMENTS FROM TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS
BANK STATEMENTS
The Saudi British Bank

The Saudi American Bank
LITERATURE
Literature on any of the mentioned products or services is available at our offices upon request.
Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1 2 . C O M P L I A N C E S TAT E M E N T
Section 15971 (Building Control System)
PART 1 – GENERAL
A Abbreviations:
1. ADM -Auto Dial Modem.

2. BCS - Building Control System.
3. CCMS -Central Control and Monitoring System.
4. CID - Communication Interface Device.
5. CPU - Central Processing Unit.
6. DDC -Direct Digital Controllers.
7. DCN -Data Communications Network.
8. LCN - Local Communications Network.
9. LCP - Local Control Panel.
10. OIS - Operators Interface Station.
11. PID - Portable Interface Device.
12. PSC - Primary System Console.
13. SSC - Secondary System Console.
1 4 . UC - Unitary Controller.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
B Compatibility with Central Control and Monitoring System (CCMS) The

Building Control System (BCS) shall be designed and installed with
provisions to connect to and integrate into the CCMS (see description in
following pages) while meeting the design criteria of the BCS and CCMS.
The BCS must be compatible with the Central Control Monitoring
System. The CCMS and BCS must be capable of two-way digital
communication to the extent that all information available at the' local Comply
DDCs shall be available at the CCMS and all programming and operator
interface commands available at the DDC or operator station shall be
available at the CCMS.
C A Laboratory room air flow control system shall be furnished and installed
to control airflow into and out of laboratory rooms. The exhaust volume of
a laboratory fume hood shall be controlled by a Fume Hood Control
System to maintain Constant average face velocity into the fume hood.
A make-up/supply air control system shall vary the volume VAV supply Comply
and make-up air into the room to maintain both temperature control and
air flow balance
D A Laboratory room air flow control system shall include fume hood
control systems; make-up/supply air controllers; supply, exhaust,
constant volume airflow control valves plus all interconnecting wiring and Comply
pneumatic tubing to result in a completely operational system. All control
components except for pneumatic actuators shall be strictly electronic in
nature.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A Extent of Electronic Control Systems Work: The work under this Section
of the specifications includes all labor, materials, equipment and services
to provide fully operational Building Control System in strict accordance Comply
with these specifications and the Contract Drawings' and subject to the
terms and conditions of the Contract. Control sequences are specified on
the drawings. The work in general consist of, but is not limited to, the
following:
1 Operator's interface station consisting of a central processing unit, color Comply

graphic CRT and printer
2 A dedicated local communications network including electric isolation from

processors and protection from electrical interference.
Comply
3 Direct Digital Controllers (DDCs), sensors, control devices. Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4 Terminal unit controllers for VAV boxes and fan coil units Comply
5 Complete electrical installation including interlock wiring as specified Comply
6 Connection to central control and monitoring system via communication Comply

interface device
7 Software required to effect a complete and operational BCS as specified Comply

herein and on contract drawings
8 Complete operating and maintenance manuals and field training of Comply

operators and maintenance personnel
9 System commissioning and acceptance tests as specified Comply
10 Full documentation for all software and equipment provided Comply
11 Project management for managing system installation including, but not

limited to:
- Design installation.
- Equipment delivery.
- Coordination with other trades. Comply
- Labor management.
- Commissioning and acceptance testing.
12 Miscellaneous work as indicated in these specifications and the contract Comply

drawings
B Related Work Specified Elsewhere:
1 Refer to other Division-15 sections for installation of instrument wells, Comply

valve bodies, and dampers in mechanical systems; not work of this
section
2 Refer to Division-16 sections for the following work; not work of this Comply
section.
a Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on controls

and/or unit control panels. Include starters, disconnects, and required
electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory- Comply
installed, by manufacturer.
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF CAMPUS - WIDE BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM:

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
A A standalone building control system (BCS) will be provided for each

building, or group of buildings to' perform monitoring and process control
of building HVAC and electrical systems. The BCS will be a distributed
direct control type system consisting of self-contained, real time,
microprocessor based direct digital controllers (DDCs) and terminal unit Comply
controllers (TUCs) both capable of operating independently of higher
level processors
B Direct digital controllers shall be of the size and configuration required for
the application. Terminal units such as VAV boxes will be equipped with
terminal unit controllers specifically designed and factory built for the
application. Central air handling units will have general purpose DDCs
configured on-site. Each building will have the number of DDCs required Comply
to meet the current control requirements and a reasonable spare
capacity
C An operator interface station will be provided for larger buildings, chiller

plants and as required based on operating requirements. The operator
interface station (OIS) will normally consist of a PC, CRT and printer and Comply
will allow monitoring and operation for the -associated building or
buildings. Smaller buildings would not have an OIS but could be locally
controlled with a portable interface device (PID) or centrally monitored via
the Central Control and Monitoring System (CCHS).
D A dedicated local communications network will connect DDCs and TUCs

and OIS within the building to allow sharing of data, but is not required for
independent control by DDCs and terminal unit controllers. Comply
E Each building control system will be connected to the CCMS data Comply. Ready to
communications network, via a communications interface device (CID),
connect to CCMS
or via an auto dial modem. (See Figure 1).
via University
Ethernet network
or University
dedicated CCMS
Network
F The campus will be constructed in different packages for Phase 1, and

will consist of the men’s and women’s campus, hospital single student
housing, married student housing, facility housing, sports campus and Comply
additional campus buildings.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
G The primary and secondary system consoles (PSC. SSC) shall provide Comply, global
global supervisory functions such as maintenance management
supervisory
emergency dispatching historical data archiving and database and
program management. Operation of local building control. Fire alarm or functions to be
security systems will not depend on the operation of the CCMS handled thru
CCMS
H The primary system console and CCMS CPU will be located in chiller plant No.
2 during Phase 1 but may be relocated during later phases. Secondary system
consoles will be located in chiller plant No. 3 and No. 4 for monitoring and control Comply
of the medical campus and the women’s campus. Additional SSCs may be
added in future phases.
I A standalone building control system (BCS) shall be provided for each building
or group of building to perform monitoring and process control of building /AC
and electrical systems. The BCS shall be distributed direct control type system Comply
consisting of self-contained, real time, microprocessor based direct digital
controllers (DDCs) and terminal unit controllers (TUSs) both capable of
operating independently of higher level processors.
J Each building of the men’s and women’s campus shall have a standalone BCS,
integrated to – CCMS except small buildings retails shops, mosques, clinic. Etc.
shall be incorporated into the BSC for adjacent buildings as indicated on the Comply
drawings. Each cluster of student housing shall have a standalone BCS
integrated into CCMS by connecting to the DCN or by auto dial modem.
K Direct digital controllers (DDC) shall be of the size and configuration required for
the application, Terminal units such as VAV boxes shall be equipped with
terminal unit controllers specifically designed and factory built for the application.
Central air handling units will have general purpose DDC's configured on-site.
Each building will have the number of DDC's required to meet the current control Comply
requirements and a reasonable capacity.
L An operator interface station (PIS) shall be provided for larger buildings, chiller
plants and as required based on operating requirements. The operator interface
station (01S) will normally consist of a PC, CRT and printer and will allow Comply
monitoring and operation for the associated building or buildings. Smaller
buildings would not have an OIS but could 'be locally controlled with a portable
interface device or centrally monitored via the Central Control and Monitoring
System Primary and Secondary system consoles.
M A dedicated local communications 'network(LCN) shall connect DDCs

and TUCs and OIS within the building to allow sharing of data, but is not
required for independent control by DDCs and terminal unit controllers Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
N Each building control system shall be connected to the CCMS data

communications network (DCN), via a communications interface device
(CID), or via an auto dial modem or via Direct Modem, (see Figure 1) Comply
O For the men’s and women’s campus, the CID shall be located within the Comply
secondary pump rooms
P Response Time: The time between a change in the value or status of any
CCMS point and the annunciation of the point at OIS must not exceed
twenty seconds regardless of other system activities. When information is Comply
transmitted by autodial modem, the response time must not exceed 60
seconds.
Q Data Communications Network (DCN): The data communications

network provides for global communications for the CCMS. The DCN
must be a high-speed local area network type system immune to electro Comply
magnetic interference
1 The DCN should connect to local building control systems, or SSC or

CPUs through a Communications Interface Device (CID) which is
electrically isolated from all wiring within the building to prevent a fault in Comply
the local communications wiring within a building from causing failure of
the DCN
2 The CCMS Data Communication Network shall be routed within the utility Comply
tunnels for the men’s and women’s campus. The DCN may be run in the
campus communication systems cable tray when possible. A dedicated
raceway 'shall be used for other routes
3 As the campus expands, the data communications network (DCN) must

be extended to the new buildings and secondary system consoles (SSC).
SSCs and new building control systems must be able to be connected
anywhere along the data communications network. The removal or
connection of any equipment from the DCN must not cause more than a Comply
momentary shutdown of the DCN
4 The DCU connection between the men’s and women’s campus shall be
via modems over dedicated telephone lines provided by the telecomm
contractor Comply
5 Because of the planned phased construction it is likely that several generations

of DDCs and TUCs will be installed throughout the campus. It is absolutely
necessary that the DCN can connect and communicate with all generations of Comply
equipment installed.
R Environmental Criteria: All CCMS equipment must be rated to operate

in ambient conditions of 50°C dry bulb and 10%to 90% RH except for the
CPU, Console and OIS equipment the dry bulb condition is 40°C Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
S Ultimate Capacity: The CCMS must be able to be expanded to

incorporate ultimately 20,000 points while maintaining system response
times Comply
T Multiple Consoles: The CCMS must be capable of supporting a primary

and five (5) secondary system consoles each having different functions.
Each console must be capable of being programmed to receive only
specific CCMS information and only control specific functions. Console
functions may be designated by the following:
1. Building or group of buildings.
2. Point type: - fire alarm building control energy

consumption
3. Alarm type: - maintenance alarm critical alarm Comply
4. Other user defined criteria: For example, the secondary

system console (SSC) within the Medical Center would
be programmed for only the Medical Center points.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A Manufacturer's Qualifications Firms regularly engaged manufacture of

electric control equipment, of types and sizes required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5years. Comply
B Installer's Qualification: Firms specializing and experienced in electronic

control system installations for not less than 5years. Firm shall have a
local office supporting CCMS before during and after installation. The
Contractor shall provide an experienced Project Manager for this work,
responsible for direct supervision of installation and startup of system Comply
C Codes and Standards:
1 Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products which have been tested,

listed and comply with NEC & FEC standards
Comply
2 NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Comply with
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control
design control
sequences.
sequence

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each

control device furnished, indicating dimensions, capacities, performance
characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes of materials, and Comply
including installation instructions and start-up instructions
B Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for each electric control system,
containing the following information:
1 Schematic flow diagram of system showing fans, pumps, coils dampers, Comply
valves, and control devices.
2 Label each control device with setting or adjustable range of control. Comply
3 Indicate all required electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of Comply
wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed.
4 Include written description of sequence of operation. Comply
C Software Application Programming Documentation: All application

programs shall be fully documented and submitted to the Supervising
Agency as part of the submitted drawings. Documentation shall include
flow diagrams and reside within the system program and be fully
retrievable by the system operator. A minimum of two systems software Comply
backup copies shall be supplied with the system. System shall be fully
programmable on site by the system operator including entry of new
points, generation of application sequence and changing set-points.
D Samples: Submit sample of each type of furnished sensor cover Comply
E Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions and spare parts Comply

lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance
manuals
F Submit a description and technical project data on the CCMS proposed, to Comply
illustrate how the BCS would be expanded to CCMS as construction proceeds.
1.6 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING:

Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control
device. Maintain cartons through shipping, storage and handling as Comply
required to prevent equipment damage, and to eliminate dirt and
moisture from equipment. Store equipment and materials inside and
protected from weather

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
1.7 WARRANTY:
The Contractor shall warranty the CCMS to be free from defects in
workmanship and material for a period of one (1) year from the date of
acceptance by the Owner. During this period, the Contractor shall furnish
all labor to repair or replace all items or components which fail due to Comply
defects in workmanship or material. The Contractor shall also provide
necessary preventive Maintenance on the CPU and operator consoles
during the warranty period
1.8 MAINTENANCE:
A. Submit an alternate price to perform complete preventative

and emergency maintenance of the BCS for a period of one
(1) year in accordance with the Subcontractor's
recommended standards and schedule. This price shall be
itemized to show material costs and labor costs. This price Noted and
shall be based upon work being executed during normal comply
working hours but shall include separate emergency call out
provisions. Prices submitted should be based upon current
price lists and labor rates, details of which shall be included
with the bid and should be broken out into three categories:
1. Computer hardware and associated equipment.
2. Field equipment including DDCs, sensors and final

control elements.
3. Software.
B. The preventative maintenance contract may be renewed Noted and

annually at the option of the Owner, up to a total term of 10
years. The annual price shall be negotiated 3 months in comply
advance of annual contract expiry and shall be at the mutual
agreement of both parties.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT – GENERAL :
Provide electronic control products in sizes and capacities necessary, consisting

of valves, dampers, sensors, controllers, and other components as required for
complete installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's Comply
standard control system components as indicated by published product
information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer.
Provide electric/electronic control systems with the functional and construction
features as hereinafter specification.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.2 AUTOMATIC VALVES:
A. Automatic control valves shall be modulating globe type with Comply

top and bottom throttling guides, and stainless steel stems.
Seats shall be metal to metal or replaceable.
B. Valves 50mm and smaller -shall have bronze bodies with Comply
screwed ends. Valves 65mm and larger shall have iron bodies
with flanged ends.
C. Valve body, rating shall be equal or greater than the piping in
which it is installed and the valve shall be rated for operation
against the maximum system differential pressure. Range
ability shall be at least 40 to 1 or as required to provide proper Comply
control. Leakage shall not exceed 0.1% for single seated valves
and 1% for double seated valves.
D. The valves shall be quiet in operation and fail safe in either
normally open or normally closed position in the event of the Comply
control signal failure. Valves shall be capable of operating at
varying rates of speed to correspond to the exact dictates of the
controllers and variable load requirements, and shall also be
capable of operating in sequence when required by the
sequence of operation.
E. Valve operators shall be of the electric type sized to insure tight
seating against maximum differential pressure Comply
F. Characteristics:
1. Chilled Water Service equal percentage flow

characteristics, single seated type.
Comply
2. Bypass Service: linear flow characteristics. Single or
double seated.
G. Size valves to meet the coil loads as specified and as follows

Comply
1. 2-position valves: line size unless noted.
2. Water service: maximum pressure drop shall be equal to

the drop of the associated coil or exchanger, or 35 Comply
KPa whichever is greater.
3. Relief and bypass valves: sized according to pressure

available. Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.3 BUTTERFLY VALVES:
A. All butterfly valves shall be of the full lug body style with lugs
drilled and tapped and have drip tight shutoff capabilities in
either direction up to and including maximum system
working pressure. Butterfly valves shall be capable of
closing tight after long periods of inactivity. All valve bodies Comply
600mm and above to tie dual flanged.
B. Valves shall provide tight shutoff up to the full valve rating on

Comply
dead end or isolation service without the use of downstream
f1anges.
C. All valves shall be furnished with self-lubricated bronze

bearings. Shafts seals shall be provided to prevent leakage
and to protect bearings from internal or external corrosion. Comply
D. Seals shall be tight close-off metal to metal. Comply
E. Provide valves with factory installed actuators of the electric

type and sized for tight shutoff at maximum system
differential pressure. Actuators for modulating service shall
be equipped with integral position potentiometer. Provide
actuators with an integral hand wheel or local manual Comply
controls for manual operation. Each actuator shall be
equipped with adjustable limit switches. Input voltage shall
be 24 or 127 VAC, 60 HZ.
F. Valves line size for 2 position service. Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.4 AUTOMATIC DAMPERS:
A. Provide automatic dampers as indicated on contract Comply

drawings.
B. Dampers to be low leakage type, with published leakage

data certified under the AMCA Certified Ratings Program Comply
showing leakage through a 120 x 120cm damper at 1 KPa
pressure difference to be less than 30 LPS per square meter
of damper.
C. Damper blades and frames to be fabricated from extruded

aluminum, reinforced for rigidity. Blades to be full length
edge seals with inflatable pockets to enable air pressure
Noted
from either direction to assist in blade seal off. Edge seals to
be mechanically locked without the use of cement to the
blades, but easily replaceable in the field. Edge seal material
to meet all code requirements. Bearings to be non-corrosive
and axles shall provide positive locking connection to blades
and linkage. Blades mounted vertically to be supported by
thrust bearings. Jamb seals to be aluminum, flexible
compression type.
D. Dampers used for modulating control application are to be of

opposed blade configuration and dampers used for
Noted
open/closed applications are to be parallel blade type.
E. The dampers to have a maximum blade- length of 1.25M

and a maximum blade width of 200mm. The maximum Noted
height of each damper section to be 2.0M. Where greater
length or height is required make the assembly of multiple
sections.
F. Install damper actuators of sufficient quantity and size to

limit leakage to specified rate. Damper assemblies consisting
of multiple damper sections to be provided with at least one
damper actuator per section or be connected with an Noted
approved jack shafting arrangement.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.5 SENSORS AND CONTROL DEVICES:

A. General: Provide sensors and control devices as indicated on
mechanical plans, control flow diagrams and as required to
meet specified performance. Where performance
specifications exceed capabilities of hardware specified,
performance governs. The installation of such devices shall be
the responsibility of this contractor:
1. Provide 4 to 20 mA transmitters with built-in circuit

protection against reverse polarity and supply voltage
Comply
transients. The transmitters to match to the sensing
element and compatible with the DDC .
2. All sensor/transmitters assemblies shall be factory Comply

calibrated.
3. The sensor range and type to be suitable to the

application. Comply
4. All components of sensors exposed to process shall Comply

be rated to withstand 150 percent of maximum
process temperature and pressure.
B. Thermo wells: Provide stainless steel thermo wells for each Comply
immersion type temperature sensor and switch. Thermo wells
shall have extension for pipe insulation and threaded
connection to pipe. Maximum insertion length shall be 150mm
or 3/4 the pipe diameter whichever is smaller.
C. Temperature Sensors: Temperature sensor assemblies shall Comply with 10K

consist of a 100, 500 or 1,000 OHM platinum RTD sensor and Thermistor
a solid state, 2-wire, 4-20 mA or 0 to 1-0V transmitter
protected in a housing suitable for the environment in which it
is installed.
All sensor
1. Sensor accuracy shall not exceed 0.5°C. Except for
provided with 0.2
chilled water applications the accuracy shall not
exceed 0.1°C. °C accuracy
2. Sensors for mixed air and coil discharge applications

and for fan discharge applications in systems over
25,000 LPS averaging type sensors shall be used. Comply
Probe length shall be at least one linear meter per 1.5
square meter of duct area or equal to duct width
where installed, whichever is longer.
3. Outside air sensors shall be mounted on a northern Comply

exposure and mounted within a ventilated enclosure.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
D. Flow Transmitter Assembly - Water (Ultrasonic): The flow Functionally

transmitter assembly shall be a clamp-on ultrasonic type
Comply
operating on the wide beam transit time principle.
1. The system shall consist of two(2) clamp-on

transmitter/receivers and a flow rate computer with Comply
digital display of flow rate and total flow. The flow
computer shall output a 4-20 mA signal to DDC.
2. The assembly shall be factory calibrated and field Comply

installed to an accuracy of +2 percent of the actual
flow rate over the entire operating span.
3. The meter shall be rated for the temperature Comply

conditions of the process.
E. Pressure Transmitter Assembly – Air System : The assembly

shall consist of a pressure sensor and a solid state 2-wire 4-
20mA or 0 to 10V transmitter contained in a housing suitable
for a duct mounting:
1. The assembly shall be factory calibrated and field Comply

installed to an accuracy of 15 Pascal over a range of -
1000 Pascal.
2. Probe: 200mm pilot tube brass Stainless steel

Tube 100 mm
F. Differential Pressure Transmitter Assembly – Water:

Assembly shall consist of a differential pressure sensor and
an electronic 2-wire, 4-20mA or 0 to 10V transmitter assembly
enclosed in a gasket, dust and watertight case. All body
cavities open to the process fluid shall be provided with drain
ports at the cavity bottom and vent ports and the top of the
cavity:
1. The transmitter shall be capable of sustaining differential

pressures in either direction, up to the body rating Comply
without damage to the instrument, loss of accuracy, or
zero shifts.
2. The transmitter shall be fully compensated for both

process and ambient temperature variations. The
transmitter shall be furnished complete with input gauges Comply
and factory mounted 3-valve manifold.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
G. Differential Pressure Switch - Air: Shall be diaphragm Comply, Current

operated and actuate a SPDT snap-acting switch. Operating
switch with
point shall be adjustable. Range shall suit application.
Switches used for fan shutdown shall be manual reset type. adjustable set
point used for
better reliability
H. Differential Pressure Switch - Filters - Indicating: Differential

pressure switch shall incorporate gauge and switch set point
indicators for continuous indication of applied pressure and Comply
switch settings. Operating point shall be adjustable. Range
shall suit application
I. Level Switch: Float type level switch with SPDT snap acting Comply
contacts. Electronics shall be housed in a water tight
enclosure
J. Damper End Switch: Shall be oil-tight, roller type, SPDT snap-

acting switch. Mechanism to provide ample over-travel to Comply
prevent stress on damper and control equipment
2.6 DIRECT DIGITAL
A. Direct Digital Controller (DDC) to be a completely self-

contained, field programmable, real time microprocessor based
controller.
1. DDC application programs to be resident in the DDC.

Once down-loaded, a DDC shall not require further
communication with the CPU except for data base Comply
changes, operator commands, and requests from the
CPU for DDC data.
2. The DDC to be expandable by adding input/output logic Technically

cards that operate through the processor of the DDC. Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
B. Input/Output Points:
1. Analog input (AI) - accept industry standard 4-20 mA, 0-5v, 0-

10v, and thermistor analog signals. Provide (below 50v)
integral power supply for analog sensors. Must accept signals Functional
from sensors with remote power supply if required. Isolate
Comply
grounds if required for proper operation. Analog to digital
conversion with a minimum of 16 bit resolution. Minimum of
eight points per DDC.
2. Analog output (AO) - provide industry standard 4-20 mA, 0-5v

and 0-l0v analog output signals. Isolate grounds if required for
Functional
proper operation. Digital to analog conversion with a minimum
of 16 bit resolution. Minimum of six points per DDC. Comply
3. Digital input (DI) - accept, non-powered, binary contact closure Functional

signals. Provide pulse counting capability of at least 10 Comply
closures per second. DI circuit shall be electrically isolated from
DDC logic card. Minimum of eight points per DDC.
4. Digital output (DO) - maintained or momentary electrical relay Functional

with suitable rated isolated contacts for start/stop and mode
change of devices as scheduled. Minimum of eight points per Comply
DDC.
Comply
C. Provide current and voltage limiting devices at communications
network cable connection.
D. Power supplies with transient Power Line Surge Protection.

Comply
E. Supply a minimum of 8 hours of battery backup for the RAM and
real time clock. Provide automatic restart and battery recharging Functional
upon restoration of power Comply, software
F. Provide pedestal base floor mounted or wall mounted steel cabinet stored to DDC
with full front hinged door, locking handle with master key and non-
glare baked enamel finish. Each DDC shall contain a plastic EEPROM Comply
encased control diagram showing associated controls
G. Provide the manufacturer's standard enclosure except if location

requires additional protection due to potential vandalism Comply
environmental conditions or any other reason necessary
precautions to protect the DDC and related components including
1. Using suitable NEMA enclosure.
2. Additional cooling or heating.
3. Heavy duty locks.
4. Provisions to drain condensation or water passing through

conduits.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
H. Capabilities:
1. Stand-alone capability: If CPU or communications Comply

network fails, the DDC shall continue to function.
2. If, by failure of a sensor or system component which

causes information critical to a DDCs program to be Comply
lost, default values or subroutines will automatically be
used to approximate logical information to ensure
continued control.
3. Real time operating system capable of time of day

Comply
scheduling and other time based functions.
4. Each DDC shall be provided with the ability to prevent

unauthorized access to its software program. This shall
be accomplished by a password or cabinet lock. In the
locked or unauthorized position, the operating Comply
characteristics of the DDC cannot be changed,
although inputs, outputs and set point values can be
displayed in the unlocked or authorized position, the
ability to change the DDC program shall be unhindered.
5. Alarm processing to include: change of state, flow

proof, high and low analog limits, and setpoint Comply
deviation. Provide at least two levels of alarm priority.
6. The DDC programming language shall be designed for

Comply
Building Automation and Control, applications and shall
be capable of performing the following control
Comply
algorithms:
Comply
a. Floating.
b. Proportional (P), direct and reverse acting. Comply
c. Proportional, plus Integral (PI).
d. Proportional, Integral, plus Derivative (PID). Comply
e. Anti-integral wind up.
f. Cascade. Comply
g. Programmed interlock logic.
Comply
h. Dead band switching and control
i. Incremental control
Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.7 FIELD EQUIPMENT PANEL
1. Provide field equipment panels to house P/I transducers Comply

interface relays and other miscellaneous control
components.
2. Connect the panel to its associated DDC panel and shall Comply
contain barrier type terminal strips mounted for input and
output wiring terminations.
3. Identify all equipment internal to panel or face mounted Comply

with nameplates to match approved shop drawings.
4. Field equipment panels shall be NEMA-1 master key

Comply
locked, hinged gasketed front door cabinet, construction
to match DDC enclosures. Take necessary precautions to
protect equipment is described in "Direct Digital Controller

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.8 TERMINAL UNIT CONTROLLERS (VAV. WE and FP Boxes):

A. Provide terminal unit controllers (TUCs) for each terminal unit consisting of
a microprocessor controller, damper actuator, velocity transducer and Comply
temperature sensor.
B. The controller shall comprise a microprocessor (eight bit minimum), analog

digital converters, a minimum of 512 bytes of Non-volatile reprogrammable Comply
memory and interface for the communication with the BCS.
C. Each controller to have the required input and output interfaces to read Comply
primary air flow an space temperature and to control primary damper and fan
D. Each controller shall have an internal software clock to implement set point
changes, and changes of control state in accordance with the resident Comply
occupancy' schedules. The clocks will be synchronized daily and
automatically following power failures by a battery backed real time clock
located in the system interface to the BCS.
E. TUCs shall be connected in a multidrop configuration to the BCS. Through

this interface it shall be possible to perform all TUC monitoring and control.
Failure of the communications network shall not affect the operations of the Comply
TUC
F. The damper actuator & controller shall be provided as an integral part of the
controller assembly, factory installed and wired by unit manufacturer, as Comply
directed by temp control mfg. The actuator to be a 24 VAC, 60 Hz linear
reversible motor
G. The terminal unit shall be provided with multi-point averaging type flow
sensor factory piped to the velocity transducer. The velocity transducer shall
be provided as an integral part of the controller or a separate transducer
factory installed and wired to the controller. The sensor transducer assembly Comply
shall have a total installed accuracy of + 0.1 MPS in the range of 1 to 15
MPS. The terminal manufacturer shall provide a flow rate versus differential
pressure curves to the TUC manufacturer so that the controllers may be
preprogrammed before shipment to the terminal unit manufacturer.
H. Provide a space temperature sensor for each terminal unit which shall be
field mounted and wired. The sensor shall be a RTD or thermistor housed in Comply
an enclosure suitable for wall mounting Incorporate the plug-in connection for
the portable interface units. The sensor accuracy shall not exceed + 0.5°C.
I. Provide two (2) battery powered portable interface units (PIUs) for Comply
communicating with TUCs. The PIU shall use English language displays and
commands and be password protected to prevent unauthorized
modifications to programs and parameters. Provide a protective carrying PDA to be
case for each unit. The unit weight shall not exceed 2 Kg. The connection to provided
the TUC to be via a plug-in connection at the space temperature sensor. The
PIU shall be capable of performing all functions required for commissioning,
testing, diagnostics and day-to-day operation of the TUC.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.9 OPERATOR'S INTERFACE STATION:
A. Provide an Operator's Interface Station (OIS) to include as

a
minimum: Comply
1. Central Processing Unit

2. Color graphics display terminal
3. Printer (Alarm and Logging)
B. Assemble equipment in a console configuration that Comply

allows
operator access to all console equipment from one position.
2.10 CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU):
A. Provide a CPU with a minimum of 640 KB of RAM, one Comply

dual sided double density 1.2 MB floppy disk drive, one
20 MB hard disk drive.
B. Provide an integral audio tone generator to activate on Comply

detection of an alarm. Audio tone shall be capable of
being enabled or disabled on operator command.
C. The CPU operating programs and data base to be stored Comply

on hard disk drive.
2.11 COLOR GRAPHICS DISPLAY:
Provide a color graphics display complete with full ASCII character

set keyboard, all required cables for use in displaying system
graphics, status reports, alarm messages and operator information. Comply
Provide with a minimum of 6 colors and 640 x 350 lines of resolution.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.12 ALARM AND LOGGING PRINTER:
D. Provide a wide carriage, free standing, high speed

printer, with full ASCII character set keyboard Comply
E. All change-of-state reporting, system logs, information Comply

summaries, system malfunctions and alarms shall be
printed at this terminal
F. The printer shall be dot matrix, eight colors,

microprocessor controlled, user programmable, and offer
print speeds from 35 to 200 cps. The printer shall use Comply
standard size sprocket-fed fanfold paper and shall have
a standard RS-232C interface
2.13 LOCAL OPERATOR'S TERMINAL (LOT):
A. Provide portable or permanently installed operator's terminal Comply

(s) to allow local programming, control and monitoring at
each DDC.
B. Provide one (1) portable LOT which can be connected to Comply

any DDC or one (1) permanently installed LOT at each DDC.
C. The portable LOT to weigh less than 4 Kg.

Comply

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.14 SOFTWARE:
A. General: Fully implement, optimize, and commission all software

described under this paragraph and required for a complete
operable system:
1. Although "Program" implies software, hardware

solutions may be acceptable after review and approval
of authorized representative. Such differences are to Comply
be considered deviations and presented as such.
2. Software programs are described as to general intent.

It is recognized that BCS contractors' software differ-;
however, the programs that are provided shall Comply
incorporate the features described.
3. Each point shall be identified in software with a unique

point name of not less than 6 alphanumeric
characters. Point names shall be logically and
consistently coded to allow identification of the point Comply
location (e.g., Building, MER), associated HVAC
system (e.g., AHS-1 Chiller-2), and point function (e.g.,
supply temp) as a minimum

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
B. Executive Software:
1. The executive software shall include all programs needed to

manage the scheduling of both system and application
programs. It shall also include all programs needed for use of the
system peripheral devices and communications networks. Parts
of this software may be restricted from user modification to
insure system integrity. However, the following user access to
the executive software shall be provided.
a. Ability to switch failing" output devices to another

device without loss of data or otherwise handle device
Comply
failure (e.g., jammed printers).
Comply
b. Ability to modify the priorities and scheduling of
application programs.
2. Provide diagnostic programs to report and display DDC system
failures at the Operator's console both on CRT and printer.
Provide on-line error detection and messages for the discs,
power supplies, CPUs, communications boards, and peripherals Comply
3. Provide Software Time Clock which shall display date, time

information where required to resolution of one minute and
otherwise supply data to programs at resolution of one second;
display real time clock in 24 hour format and date. Time and date
resettable by simple keyboard entry. Comply
4. Peripheral Equipment Selection:
a. Provide peripheral equipment selection control to

apportion data to peripheral console as required (e.g
alarms to alarm printer).
b. Apportionment of Data and Control Functions shall be Comply
programmable function by a high level operator at any
console. Initialization of the apportionment of data hall be
according to the description, of the functional
requirements stated under each Console Description
contractor shall provide all software and programming
time required to initialize the system. Submit initial Comply
apportionment for all monitored and control functions for
review prior to final programming.
c. The graphics display shall be logically divided to allow
the simultaneous occurrence of operator interaction and
alarm indication with no interference to each other's Comply
screen display. Graphic display will allow split screens of
real time data in both displays.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
5. System Access Control - Provide a minimum of three levels of

access using selectable passwords to the system software. Each
higher level will increase the allowed interaction by the user.
Each password must be entered by the operator to access a Comply
particular level of system operation. The password shall not be
displayed or printed. Each password shall be unique for each
operator.
C. Operator Interface Program:
1. Provide a high-level language as the operator interface

with the system for defining and selecting points,
parameters, report generation, graphics, and all
functions associated with day-to-day operation of the
Comply
system.
2. Provide software to notify the operator of the
occurrence of an_ alarm condition. All alarm messages
displayed on the CRT, on the local printer, and on the
remote printer shall be in simple English-language
format. System shall print and sound an audible alarm
at each' occurrence. Operator acknowledgment shall
silence the audible alarm. System shall print upon Comply
return to normal.
3. Report Generation Software shall be provided to
present System information in an organized manner.
a. System Point Log - A log for each system which shall
include all points required for operation and
monitoring of the system. Do not include points which
are used in intermediate calculations and program
logic or points used for system tuning and set up.
Display for each point:
- Point Name
- Point Description
- Current Value
- Engineering Units
- Alarm Status
Comply
- Command Priority
b. Application Program Logs- Log for each program
Comply
shall include current values of all points and
parameters used in application program.
Comply
c. Summary Logs - Logs which summarize system
status. Include as minimum
Comply
d. Alarm Summary
e. Run Time Tantalization Summary
Comply
f. Disabled Point Summary

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
4. Provide fully implemented interactive graphics with latest

available process data fully integrated with the display. Point
values shall be dynamically updated at least every 20 seconds.
a. Use different colors for the various system

components to facilitate rapid recognition and
ease if interaction. Colors shall be uniform on all
displays, such as all master alarms red blinking Comply
with reverse field.
b. Graphics generation and editing shall be via a

high level interactive programming language. The
graphics program shall be provided with a library
Comply
of standard symbols with the capability for user to
add custom symbols. Graphic creation shall be
done on-line so as not to interfere with alarm
annunciation.
c. Provide graphics for but not limited to the following.
1) Floor plans showing status of associated

points within area. Indicate locations of
equipment within area such as DDCs, Comply
FEPs, MERs, space temperature sensors,
etc.
2) Separate Air and Water Systems Riser

Diagrams showing all systems in Block
Comply
Diagram Form. System status (on, off,
alarm) shall be indicated. Risers shall
include common sensing points such as
outside air and supply and return
temperature in main piping systems.
Comply
3) Each air and water system.
5. Provide software to output a user programmed message in response to

an alarm or change of value of any system point. Message length shall Comply
be at least 4 lines of 80 characters each

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
D. Application Software:
1. Time of day Scheduling: A comprehensive program shall be

provided, to automatically start and stop equipment based on the
time of day and day of week, including holidays. The scheduled
time-of-day program shall operate in conjunction with and shall
be coordinated with optimized Start/Stop,
program:
a. It shall be possible to individually command a

point or group of points. For points assigned to
one group it shall be possible to assign variable Comply
time delays between each successive start or
stop command within that group.
b. The operator shall be able to define the following

information: Time, day, dates. Commands such Comply
as on, off, auto, etc. Load or loads assigned to
groups. Time delays between successive
commands. There shall be provisions for manual
overriding of each schedule by appropriate
operator
2. Start/Stop time Optimization (SSTO): The automation system

shall include a software program to perform optimized start and
shutdown of selected equipment. The SSTO program shell start
HVAC equipment at the latest possible time that ill allow the
equipment to achieve the desired zone conditions by occupancy
time. The SSTO program shall also shutdown HVAC equipment
at the earliest possible time before theend of the occupancy
period, and still maintains desired comfort conditions. It shall be
possible to apply the SSTO program to all individual systems:
a. The SSTO program shall operate on outside

weather conditions as well as inside zone
conditions, and empirical factors. The empirical
Comply
factors shall relate to the dynamic
responsiveness of particular zones such as
retention and transfer coefficients. The program
shall be fine tuned during the warranty period
using empirical data complied during operation of
the building.
b. The program shall automatically adjust itself Comply

utilizing adaptive control techniques.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
c. The -system operator shall be able to, for each

system under control of the SSTO program,
establish and modify the following parameters:
Desired occupancy temperature

Cooling transfer coefficients
Cooling retention coefficients
Primary equipment lag time.
Comply
Occupancy period
d. A report shall be provided dealing SSTO

parameters such as zone coefficients, zone
occupancy time and temperature. Comply
Activated/inactivated zones, etc.
3. Automatic Restart: During a power outage the DDC operating

programs and data base shall be protected against lost by
memory battery backup. (If the length of the power outage
exceeds the battery backup capacity, the programs and data
base shall be manually reloaded from the disk storage upon
power restoration.) After power has been restored, the system
points shall either be returned to the state they would be in if
there were no power outage or remain off as defined by
equipment and operational requirements. Points to be restarted Comply
shall start over a programmed time schedule to affect soft start
4. Automatic False Alarm Lockout: When systems are off, certain

analog variables may drift past programmed alarm limits. Inhabit
analog variable limit alarms until after system is restarted and
stabilized Comply
5. Historical Trending: Any system point either real or calculated

shall be assignable to the historical trending program. All
changes in point value shall be recorded for points assigned.
The trend information shall be recorded in volatile memory.
Comply
6. Custom Applications Program: Provide a real-time control

programming capability to allow operator to create customized
control strategies based on arithmetic, logical, conditional, and Comply
time "logic.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.15 LABORATORY AIR CONTROL SYSTEM

A. Fume Hood Controller
1. A linear fume hood control system shall be supplied to directly

measure the area of the fume hood sash opening. The
measured sash area shall proportionally control the hood's
Noted
exhaust airflow. Hood air flow shall thus be varied to maintain
the face velocity constant to a +10% tolerance over no less
than a 5 to 1 change in the sash open area (change in sash
position). No sidewall air velocity sensors shall be employed.
2. The fume hood control system shall respond to a step change

in sash position by reaching 90% of the final LPS value in 3
seconds or less with no more than a 5% overshoot or Noted
undershoot.
3. A vertical sash sensor shall be provided to measure the height

of each vertically moving fume hood sash. The vertical sash
sensor shall consist of a precision 10 turn potentiometer
mechanically coupled to a constant tension spring reel. A Noted
stainless steel, vinyl coated cable shall be attached to the
spring reel. Expected lifetime based on manufacturer's
component data and tests shall be over 200,000 full height
sash movements.\
4. A horizontal sash sensor shall be provided for each pair of

horizontal or overlapping sashes that are located on horizontal,
combination or walk-in sash fume hoods. The horizontal sash
sensor shall consist of two long, flat bars for each pair of over
lapping ' sashes. The first bar shall contain a magnetic element
to send magnetic flux to the second bar. The second bar shall Noted
contain a multitude of magnetic sensors spaced every 19mm or
less. The bars shall be mounted at the top of each sash
5. A fume hood monitor shall be provided to receive the sash

opening signals from the vertical and or horizontal sash
sensors. The monitor shall compute the total open sash area
Noted
and then output an exhaust airflow control signal to the
appropriate volume control device (valve or drive).
6. The face velocity and minimum exhaust flow level of the fume
hood shall be set at the fume hood monitor via trim pot Noted
adjustments. Accurate adjustment' of the face velocity shall be
provided at two different sash positions.
7. An emergency exhaust capability shall be provided to override Noted

stop, push button switch shall initiate this mode.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
8. A "night energy waste alert" circuit employing a light Noted

level sensor shall be included in the monitor to sense the
combination of a darkened lab room and a fume hood
that has its sash left up.
9. Fume hood monitor shall include an energy use meter to

indicate a relative measure of hood air flow, visual
indication for normal operation, visual and audible alarm
for night energy waste alert and visual and audible alarm Noted
to indicate emergency exhaust operation.
10. A push button switch shall be provided to mute the

audible alarm. The mute mode is automatically reset
when the alarm condition ceases. Noted

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
B. Exhaust and Make-Up Air Control Valve:
1. A linear exhaust airflow control valve shall be supplied to

linearly control the exhaust flow out of a laboratory fume Noted
hood, and/or general exhaust/return out of a laboratory
space. A linear make-up airflow control valve shall be
supplied to linearly control the make-up/supply airflow into
a laboratory space.
2. Airflow control valve shall be of venture control type

utilizing a venture section into which a cone shaped Noted
element slides to create a smoothly varying, ring shaped
orifice. Valve shall have an Equal Percentage flow
characteristic to provide stable control at low flow values.
Butterfly, opposed blade, or parallel blade style dampers or
VAV boxes are not acceptable
3. Valve shall be pressure independent and use closed loop

control to regulate air volume linearly proportional to a 0 to
10 Volt electronic control signal. Valve shall also generate
Noted
a 0 to 10 Volt feedback signal linearly proportional to valve
airflow for internal volume control, monitoring, or airflow
tracking control. Signal shall be factory calibrated to a
stated LPS per volt scale factor using NBS traceable
instrumentation. Accuracy shall be + 5% of reading
regardless of inlet or exit duct configuration over a range of
no less than 8 to 1.
4. The response time to vary the valve's airflow to within 90%

of its final setpoint value shall be no more than 3 seconds Noted
with less than a 5% undershoot or overshoot.
5. A pneumatic actuator shall be factory mounted to the valve

body to vary the position of the valve cone from its
minimum to maximum flows. Loss of pneumatic supply air Noted
shall cause exhaust valves to fail open and supply valves
to fail closed. Fail in last position electric actuators are not
acceptable
6. Any electronic (hot wire, thermistor, etc.) airflow sensor

exposed to exhaust airflow shall be UL listed under the Noted
UL913 class 1, division 1 standard for intrinsically safe
equipment used in hazardous locations

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
7. Valve shall be constructed of one of the following three

types. Refer to the valve schedule for the specific type:
a. Valve shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum or

galvanized steel. All critical bearing surfaces related
to the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or Noted
Teflon infused (versus coated) aluminum.
b. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design using at least

two baked coats of Heresite P403 coating material. The
valve's shaft and other exposed metal parts shall be made Noted
of 316 stainless steel. All critical bearing surfaces related
to the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or Teflon
infused (versus coated) aluminum.
c. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design using at

least two baked coats of Heresite P403 coating material.
The valves shaft and other critical exposed metal parts
shall be made of ^titanium due to the expected presence Noted
of strong acid vapors. All critical bearing surfaces related
to the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or Teflon
d. A reduction in airflow of approximately 25% below the Noted

set point shall be sensed and alarmed by a static
pressure switch pre mounted to a hood exhaust valve.
The switch shall operate by measuring the pressure drop
across the valve's variable orifice venture.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
C. Two-Position Exhaust Valve:
1. A linear two position exhaust airflow control valve by Phoenix

Controls shall be supplied to control the exhaust flow from a
laboratory canopy hood, snorkel or fume hood. Noted
2. Airflow control valve shall be of venture control type utilizing a

venture section into which a cone shaped element slides to
create a smoothly varying, ring shaped orifice. Valve shall have Noted
an Equal Percentage flow characteristic to provide stable
control at low flow values. Butterfly, opposed blade, or parallel
blade style dampers of VAV boxes are not acceptable.
3. Valve shall be pressure independent and use internal closed

loop control to maintain two fixed (max/min) flow setpoints
based on a switched 0 to 0.14 MPa pneumatic signal, or 0 to Noted
10 V electronic control signal. Valve shall generate a 0 to 10
Volt feedback signal linearly proportional to valve airflow for
monitoring or airflow tracking control. Signal shall be factory
calibrated to a stated LPS per volt scale factor using NBS
traceable instrumentation.
4. A pneumatic actuator shall be factory mounted to the valve

body to vary the position of the valve cone from its minimum to Noted
maximum flows. Loss of pneumatic supply air shall cause
two-position exhaust valves to fail open. Fail in last position
electric actuators are not acceptable.

Noted
exposed to exhaust airflow shall be UL listed under the UL913
class 1, division 1 standard for intrinsically safe equipment used
in hazardous locations.
6. Valve shall be constructed of one of the following three types.

Refer to the valve schedule for the specific type:
a. Valve shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum

or galvanized steel. All critical bearing surfaces related
to the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or Noted
b. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design using at

least two baked coats of Heresite P403 coating
material. The valve's shaft and other exposed metal
Noted
parts shall be made of 316 stainless steel. All critical
bearing surfaces related to the control of airflow shall
be made of Teflon or Teflon infused (versus coated)
aluminum.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
c. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design using at

least two baked coats of Heresite P403 coating Noted
material. The valves shaft and other critical exposed
metal parts shall be made of titanium due to the
expected presence of strong acid vapors.
D. Constant Volume Valve
1. A constant volume airflow control valve shall be supplied to Noted

maintain the volume into or out of a laboratory room.
2. Airflow control valve shall be of venture control type utilizing a

venture section into which a cone shaped element slides to Noted
create a smoothly varying, ring shaped orifice. Valve shall have
an Equal Percentage flow characteristic to provide stable
control at low flow values. Butterfly, opposed blade, or parallel
blade style dampers or VAV boxes are not acceptable.
3. Valve shall be pressure independent and use internal closed

loop control to maintain a constant manually adjustable volume Noted
set point. Valve shall be factory calibrated and set for desired
airflow rate. Valve shall also be capable of field adjustment for
future changes of desired airflow rate. Stated factory calibration
and set point shall be maintained to an accuracy of +5% of
reading regardless of inlet or exit duct configuration over a
range of no less than 8 to 1.

exposed to exhaust airflow shall be UL listed under the UL913
Noted
class 1, division 1 standard for intrinsically safe equipment used
in hazardous locations.
5. Valve shall be constructed of one of the following three types.

Refer to the valve schedule for the specific type:
a. Valve shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum or

galvanized steel. All critical bearing surfaces related to Noted
the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or Teflon
b. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design using at

least two baked coats of Heresite P403 coating
material. The valve's shaft and other exposed metal Noted
parts shall be made of 316 stainless steel. All critical
bearing surfaces related to the control of airflow shall be
made of Teflon or Teflon infused (versus coated)
aluminum.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
c. Valve shall be of a corrosive resistant design

using at least two baked coats of Heresite P403
coating material. The valves shaft and other
critical exposed metal parts shall be made of Noted
titanium due to the expected presence of strong
acid vapors. All critical bearing surfaces related
to the control of airflow shall be made of Teflon or
E. Supply Air Control
1. A Supply Air Control Unit shall be supplied to control the

airflow balance of the laboratory room. The Supply Air Noted
Control Unit shall be panel or valve mounted.
2. The control unit shall be of electronic design with analog

signal inputs and outputs. The input shall accept 0 to 10
volt signals proportional to fume hood, canopy or snorkel
exhaust, and office supply flows. The output signals Noted
shall control supply valves, general exhaust valves, and
or variable frequency drives with 0 to 10 volt signals
linearly proportional to the desired supply or exhaust
volumes.
3. Integral field adjustable trim pots shall be provided for all

required calibration and scaling adjustments. Noted
4. The control unit shall maintain a constant adjustable

offset between the sum of the room's total exhaust and
the make -10/ supply air volumes. This offset shall be Noted
independent of the exhaust volume magnitude and
represent the volume of air that will enter the room from
the corridor or other room.
5. The control unit shall generate 0 to 10 volt analog signals

linearly proportional to the airflow of each exhaust air
source as indicated by the calibrated input signals similar
Noted
output signals shall also be provided for the supply,
general exhaust (if appropriate) and total exhaust airflow
volume signals. These signals shall be provided for
calibration remote or local monitoring or direct
connection to a BCS.
6. An integral power supply for the panel mounted unit, or a
valve mounted power supply for the valve mount unit,
shall be included to power the complete laboratory Noted
airflow control system from one 120VAC line connection.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
F. Master Summing Panel :
1. A Master Summing Panel shall be supplied to sum total

and individual exhaust flow signals and output a total Noted
building exhaust volume signal.
2. The panel shall be of electronic inputs and outputs. The

inputs shall accept 0 to 10 volt signals proportional to the
total exhaust volumes from Supply Air Control Units or Noted
individual exhaust flow signals. The output signal shall be
a 0 to 10 volt signal linearly proportional to the sum of the
signal inputs or the sum of the input signals minus
adjustable offset for supply air control.
3. The Panel shall be capable of accepting up to 12 or 24

inputs depending on the panel model, in addition Noted
volumes. This offset shall be independent of the exhaust
volume magnitude.
4. Trim pot adjustment shall be used to accurately calibrate

and scale and input signal. Both the minimum and Noted
maximum level of the supply airflow shall be separately
adjustable.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.16 AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS:
A. Furnish complete for tracking type air flow measuring stations

required to accomplish the control sequence described. Noted
B. Each air flow measuring station shall contain multiple total and
static pressure sensors positioned at the center of equal area
of the station cross-section and interconnected by their Noted
respective average manifolds. For stations of 0.37 square
meter or less, one total and one static pressure sensor shall be
present for every 0.01 square motor of station area
respectively. For stations of larger area, one total and one
static pressure sensor shall be present for every 0.023 square
meter of station area respectively.
C. The air flow measuring stations shall be fabricated of a Noted

minimum of 14 gage galvanized steel welded casing in
200mm depth with 90 deg. connecting flanges in a
configuration and size equal to that of the duct it is to be
installed.
D. Each station shall be complete with total and static pressure
sensors located on an equal area basis and connected to
symmetrical averaging manifolds internal piping, and external
pressure transmitter ports. Type 1 stations have open parallel
Noted
cell air strengtheners fastened to the casings for normal air
turbulence applications. Type 2 stations shall have air
strengtheners and air equalizer honeycombs severe air
turbulence applications. An identification label shall be
placed on each station casing listing model number, size, area,
and specified airflow capacity.
E. Each station shall be capable of measuring the airflow rate

within an accuracy of 2% of rated capacity. The maximum
allowable pressure loss through the station shall not exceed
0.375mm w.c. at 305 mpm, or 2.lmm w.c at 610 mpm. The Noted
station shall have a self-generated sound rating of less than
NC 40.
F. Each station shall have electronic air flow control centers,
complete with differential pressure flow transmitter with
automatic zeroing circuit, integral square root extractor,
scaling multiplier, digital display of air volume, controller Noted
with setpoint and manual/auto operation switches. Output
signals shall be dual 4 to 20 ma DC and 0 to 10 V.DC.
G. The airflow measuring stations shall be furnished by

temperature control contractor and installed by Ventilation
Contractor at locations where meet the manufacturer's Noted
guidelines. The temperature control contractor shall be
responsible for overall operation to achieve the specified
system performance.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
2.17 SMOKE DAMPER CONTROL :
B. Smoke dampers and combination smoke-fire dampers shall

be controlled from the Operator Interface Stations (OIS) as Noted
described in Section 15973, Paragraph 3.3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which electronic control

systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner Noted
Acceptable to Supervising Agency

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEMS:
A. General: Because of the phased construction and the number

of buildings it is of particular importance that the installation of
the CCMS be consistent in each building and for subsequent
phases of construction. The requirements outlined below are Comply
to ensure a proper and consistent installation. Install systems
and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
and roughing-in drawings, and details on drawings. Install
electrical components advice electrical products complying
with requirements of applicable Division-16 sections of these
specifications. Mount controllers at convenient locations and
heights.
B. Control Wiring: The term "control wiring" is defined to include

providing of wire, conduit and miscellaneous materials as Comply
required for mounting and connecting electric control devices.
C. Wiring System: Install complete control wiring system for

electric control systems:
1. Conceal wiring, except in mechanical rooms and Comply

areas where other conduit and piping are
exposed.
2. Provide multi-conductor instrument harness (bundle)
in place of single conductors where number of Comply
conductors can be run along common path.
3. Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and
doors, neatly along hinge side, and protect against
abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. Comply
4. CCMS power wiring must be installed in a dedicated
raceway system. Generally, the conduit routing
should follow the routing of other building conduits.
Comply
Low voltage wiring in concealed accessible locations
such as ceiling plenums could be run without conduit
using plenum approved wiring in the
telecommunication cable tray systems.
Comply
5. At connection to each terminal strip or splice each
wire must be permanently identified.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
6. The interface between the CCMS and mechanical

and electrical equipment shall be by factory wired
terminal strips. Equipment such as motor control
centers chillers and other packaged equipment shall Comply
have provisions for interface with the CCMS via
terminal strips. The interface terminal strips must be
carried from wiring or equipment with voltage
exceeding 120 volts. The terminal strip configuration
must follow a uniform wiring scheme for each type of
equipment.
D. Locating Equipment: The DDC's and other field equipment

panels should be located within technical and electrical rooms
adjacent to the equipment being controlled to minimize wiring
runs. Panels should be easily accessible. Well lighted, with a
minimum of one meter of full height space in front of panels for
service. Where possible the panels should be located near Comply
the entrance and adjacent to the telephone. Avoid locating
panels beneath water pipes. Near sinks (such as in janitors
closets) where the temperature may exceed maximum design
limit, when sand infiltration may be a problem or where
vibration may be excessive. In no case should panels be
located where accessible to the public.
1. DDCs and field equipment panels associated with the

same system should be located adjacent to each other
Comply
to simplify maintenance and diagnostics. Panel’s height
should be 1.5 meters at the center line except that the
height of the panels should exceed 2.25 meters.
2. Terminal unit controllers will be mounted in the factory

directly on the equipment which it controls, such that
the TUC is an integral component of the assembly. The
equipment with TUCs (VAV boxes, etc.) will, in most Comply
cases, be mounted above suspended ceilings. The
terminal unit controller must be able to be removed
without disconnecting any conduits, pipes or ducts
except for conduits connecting to the controller.
3. Sensor and control devices should be located in a

logical and consistent manner for similar applications.
Devices sensitive to location and orientation must be Comply
located to ensure proper operation but also must be
accessible. Devices not sensitive to location should be
located where easily accessible for maintenance.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
E. Electrical Power Supply: All CCMS components to be powered from

an emergency source if available within the building where the
equipment is installed. In all cases the volatile memory of all CCMS
components should have 8-hours of battery backup. The batteries
shall automatically recharge after use. Circuits feeding CCMS
equipment shall not feed non-CCMS equipment.
1. A single circuit may power up to three DDCs except that equipment
serving as back-up or standby for other equipment must be
Comply
powered from different circuits.
2. Standalone DDCs and all associated auxiliary equipment must be

powered from the same circuit. The intent being that if the operation Comply
of a device relies on the operation of a higher level processor then
the power supply should be common.
3. Convenience power outlets should be located within 2m of the Comply

DDCs to facilitate maintenance. Again, these outlets must not be on
the same circuit as the DDCs; and provided by Division 16.
4. In the future, the voltage of the electrical systems may be changed

from 220 to 127. The power supplies for the CCMS equipment
should be dual voltage (220 and 127) if available from the CCMS Noted
manufacturer but as an alternate the manufacturer must offer, as a
standard product, a replacement power supply for 127 volt service.
5. All materials shall be furnished and installed by the Automatic

Temperature Controls (ATC) Contractor as recommended by the
Noted
Laboratory Airflow Controls manufacturer.
6. The ATC Contractor shall install the sash sensor and the monitor on
the fume hood. Vertical sash sensor and its stainless steel cable Noted
shall be hidden from view. Horizontal sash sensor bars shall be
affixed to the top of the individual sash panels.
7. Linear zed airflow control valves shall be installed in ductwork by the

Mechanical Contractor. Valves shall be mounted horizontally to Noted
insure calibrated- performance unless specifically called out as
vertical valves. In the latter case, valves shall be mounted in a
vertical orientation.
8. The ATC Contractor shall install' the Make-up/Air Supply Control

Noted
and Master Summing Panels in an accessible location within the
indicated laboratory room. Single phase 110VAC power shall be
wired to the Control Panels and the valve mounted power supplies
by the Electrical Contractor.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
F. The ATC Contractor shall provide 0.14 MPa clean pneumatic Noted
supply air to all supply/make-up, exhaust and return airflow
control valves.
G. The ATC Contractor shall extend eight wire cables from the
fume hood monitors to the fume hood exhaust valves; from the
fume exhaust valves, two state exhaust valves and lab office
supply valves to the make-up/supply air control units; and from
the make-up supply control units to the make-up/supply air Noted
control valves, general exhaust/return valves and supply or
exhaust variable frequency drives. Two wire cables attached
to the sash sensors shall be routed into their associated fume
hood monitor. The ATC Contractor shall terminate and
connect cables as required.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Start-up: Start-up test, and adjust electric control systems in

presence of manufacturer's authorized representative.
Demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged
or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
1. Perform a three-phase commissioning procedure

consisting of field I/O calibration and commissioning,
system commissioning and integrated system program Comply
commissioning. Document all commissioning
information on commissioning data sheets which shall
be submitted prior to acceptance testing. Notify the
Owner in writing of the testing schedule so that
operating personnel may observe calibration and
commissioning.
2. Field I/O Calibration and Commissioning: Prior to

system program commissioning, verify that each control
panel has been installed according to the shop
drawings and test, calibrate, and bring on-line each
control device. Commissioning to include but not be
.limited to:
Comply
a. Sensor accuracy at 10, 50 and 90% of range. Comply
b. Sensor range.
c. Verify analog limit and binary alarm reporting. Comply
d. Point value reporting.
e. Binary alarm and switch settings. Comply
f. Actuator ranges.
g. Failsafe position on loss of control signal and/or Comply
electric supply.
Comply
Record calibration and test data on commissioning data

sheets and submit. Data sheets shall include the device
designation, the date of commissioning and the name of
person who performed commissioning.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3. System Program Commissioning; After control devices

have been commissioned, each DDC program shall be
put on-line and commissioned. The contractor shall
confirm that the DDC program logic follows the Comply
approved software flow chart and sequence of
operation. Each control loop shall be adjusted to
provide stable control and 'control within the specified
accuracies. System program test results and loop
adjustment shall be recorded on commissioning data
sheets and submitted.
4. Integrated System Commissioning: After all DDC Comply

programs have been commissioned, the contractor
Comply
shall verify the overall system performs as specified.
Test shall include but not be 1imited to:
Comply
Comply
a. Data communication, both normal and failure
modes. Comply
b. Impact of component failures on system operation.
c. Time/date changes. Comply
d. End of month/end of year operation.
e. Global application programs. Comply
f. System backup and reloading.
g. System status displays. Comply
h. Diagnostics.
i. Power fail/restart. Comply
j. Battery backup.
B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marked or

Comply
scratched surfaces with manufacture’s touch-up paint.
C. Final Adjustment: After complete of installation, adjust

thermostats, control valves, motors and similar equipment Comply
provided work of this section.
D. Laboratory Air Flow Control System Start-up & Calibration:

System start-up, calibration and training of plant personal shall
be provided by a factory authorized representative of the Noted
Laboratory Air flow Control Manufacturer. Said start-up shall
include setting of the fume hood face velocity, supply/make-up
and/or general flow and balance.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES;
A. Owner's Instructions: The Contractor shall furnish the services of

competent instructors who will give instruction in the adjustment,
operation and maintenance including prettiness safety
requirements of the equipment and system specified. The
training shall be oriented toward the system installed rather than Comply
being a general training course. Each instructor shall be
thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the subject matter they are
to teach. All equipment and materials required to classroom
training shall be provided by the contractor.

Date: 13 Mar 2014
I/A Series
B. The training program shall be accomplishes in two phases for the

time interval specified for each phase.
1. The first phase shall be given prior to the acceptance test

period at a time mutually agreeable between the Contractor
and the Owner, and shall be at least five (5) days 8 hours/day)
in length. Operating personnel to be trained in the functional
operations of the BCS installed and the procedures that the
operators will employ for system operation. The training shall
include but not be limited to:
Comply, Training
a. General BCS Configuration. to be tailored for
b. Operation of Computer and Peripherals. functional
c. Command Line Mnemonics.
d. Report Generation. operations of the
e. Operator Control Functions. BCS of owner
f. Graphics Generation.
g. General equipment layout. qualified
h. Trouble shooting procedures. operating
i. Preventive Maintenance Procedures.
j. Sensor maintenance and calibration. personnel
k. Proper use of service kit.
2. The second phase shall be conducted after system

acceptance testing for a period of three (3) days. The training
shall include but not be limited to:
a. DDC Programming. Comply, same as

b. Data Base Generation.
c. Supervisory Level Operator Commands. above
d. Topics requested by Owner.
END OF SECTION 15971

S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory BLD Final

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

S01.314 - P4xx - Preparatory BLD Final

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINEERING SUBMITTAL

Al Mayssan Technical Services

1. THE FACILITY CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................................ 3

3. PROPOSAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 8

Al Mayssan Technical Services 1 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

4.2 AIR CONDENSING PACKAGE UNIT ............................................................................ 30

6. NETWORK RISER DIAGRAM .................................................................................. 38

7. SCHEMATICS DIAGRAM .......................................................................................... 39

8. EQUIPMENT LIST SCHEDULE FOR PREPARATORY BLD. ............................ 40

10. MTS WARRANTY CERTIFICATE: ...................................................................... 46

11. APPENDIX II: MTS PRE-QUALIFICATION ...................................................... 47

12. COMPLIANCE STATEMENT................................................................................ 48

Al Mayssan Technical Services 2 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Al Mayssan Technical Services 3 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

1.2 THE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLER

Al Mayssan Technical Services 4 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Al Mayssan Technical Services 5 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Al Mayssan Technical Services 6 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

TAC – I/A Series (Invensys Building Systems – I/A Series)

TAC – Satchwell (Invensys Building Systems – Satchwell)

TAC - Andover Continuum

Al Mayssan Technical Services 7 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1 SOLUTION BASIS

The solution presented by Al Mayssan Technical Services in this document is based on

Al Mayssan Technical Services 8 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.1 InTouch BMS Software

Wonderware for Intelligent Buildings

Al Mayssan Technical Services 9 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.2 LONWORKS TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

Technology advancement is driving rapid changes in all types of system architectures,

Al Mayssan Technical Services 10 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Al Mayssan Technical Services 11 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Figure 2 shows the highly distributed, peer-to-peer architecture made possible by

Al Mayssan Technical Services 12 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

easily be integrated. A major innovation of the LONWORKS technology is the concept of

 A wide variety of compatible, cost-effective LONWORKS devices available from

 Greatly reduces wiring costs,

 Short system design cycle no custom hardware or programming

 Greater system reliability no single point of failure

 Multi-vendor system maintenance options, and

 Ease of implementing new functions to meet end-user needs.

Al Mayssan Technical Services 13 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.3 The I/A SERIES Direct Digital Controllers

The controllers proposed in this project are the following

The I/A Series DDC MNL-800 controller is an

Al Mayssan Technical Services 14 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.3.2 MNL-50, 100, 150, 200

The I/A Series MNL-50, 100, 150, and 200 Series

3.1.3.3 MN-110, 130

The I/A Series MNL-11RF2 (MN 110) and MNL-13RF2

Al Mayssan Technical Services 15 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.3.4 MNL-V1RVx, MNL-V2RVx

The I/A Series MicroNet LONMARK VAV Series (Variable

Al Mayssan Technical Services 16 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

Al Mayssan Technical Services 17 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.5 LPR Router Modules

The LPR modules are two-channel LonWorks

Al Mayssan Technical Services 18 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.6 Field Control Devices

Field equipment can be categorized into the following categories:

Al Mayssan Technical Services 19 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems

3.1.6.2 Duct Temperature Sensor

Al Mayssan Technical Services 20 Schneider / Invensys Building Systems